Audley Africa and the Indian Ocean by Travel Designers

Africa & the I n d i a n Oc e a n

Ta i lor - m a d e J o u r n e y s

for

the

D i s c e r n i n g T r av e l l e r

Dear Traveller Diverse, thrilling and often surprising, Africa is a hugely rewarding and constantly evolving destination. The awe-inspiring wildlife encounters are enough to get many travellers hooked, but there’s also great joy in having an expert guide introduce the minutiae of the insect world or in sleeping under the stars at a romantic bush camp. Our passionate Africa specialists keep abreast with developments through frequent trips. Zimbabwe has recently opened up again and offers a tantalising combination of superlative game viewing, superb accommodation and historic sites, while other properties, such as Bogani Lodge in Kenya, give travellers a unique opportunity to learn about the lives of local people. Although travel in Africa is not without its challenges, our expert knowledge and planning skills will help you choose the right safari option, discover old favourites in new ways, explore emerging destinations and experience a host of great lodges. If Africa hasn’t already held you in its thrall, we are sure it will.

Craig Burkinshaw, Founder Director

Introducing Audley I

t was a trip around Asia in the early 1990s that ignited Craig Burkinshaw’s passion for travel. On his return he was so keen to share his experiences that he founded Audley, or Asian Journeys as we were then called. We offered a new type of travel – individual journeys, designed to match the traveller’s interests, tastes and budget, created with an absolute commitment to quality and authenticity. Today this desire to share authentic travel experiences is undiminished and Audley is one of the UK’s most highly regarded specialist tour operators, providing tailor-made trips throughout Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Latin America, Australasia, North America, Antarctica and the Arctic.

Specialist knowledge

Tailor-made journeys

Speaking to one of our specialists is the best way to start planning your trip, whether you already know where you want to go or just have the seed of an idea. They can discuss your plans, offer advice and give you ideas and inspiration for your trip, before creating a detailed itinerary, which will be forwarded to you together with maps, accommodation descriptions and a price. The same specialist will then refine the plans until you are completely satisfied and will be on hand to answer questions from your very first telephone call until you return from your trip.

The beauty of tailor-made travel is that every trip is unique. Whether you want to stay in simple or luxurious accommodation, have great guides on hand or explore under your own steam, travel for one week or five, we can create a trip to match your tastes and budget. We can also design trips for a special occasion, whether this is a spectacular honeymoon or milestone anniversary. Throughout the brochure you will find suggested itineraries and some of our favourite places to stay, but these are all just for inspiration as each trip is created uniquely for you and there are many more options available.

Our Africa specialists have all travelled extensively throughout the continent and in many cases lived there, so you can rely on their in-depth, first-hand knowledge. They regularly return to discover new hidden gems in each country, stay in the accommodation and meet our guides – many of whom are firm friends – as well as experience all the excursions and activities. We believe this is the only way that we can genuinely offer you a tailor-made service and enable you to experience a side of Africa that others might miss.

Planning your trip

Financial security All travel arrangements in this brochure that include a flight from the UK are ATOL protected by the Civil Aviation Authority. Our ATOL number is 4817. Please see our booking conditions for more information. If your arrangements do not include any flights from the UK they are protected by a separate financial scheme, for further details please visit www.audleytravel.com/protect

Samburu woman, Kenya

Contents Introduction 2-9 Tanzania 10-31 The Great Migration

14-15

Zanzibar

24-29

Kenya 32-45 Namibia 46-61 Botswana 62-75 Zambia 76-89 Zimbabwe 90-99 Malawi 100-105 Madagascar 106-117 Uganda 118-122 Gorilla tracking

123

Rwanda 124-127 Mozambique 128-133 Seychelles 134-141 Mauritius 142-146 Useful information 147

Introduction

Choosing where to go W

ith such a vast array of destinations, experiences, lodges and camps on offer, it can be hard to narrow down your options and actually decide where to go in Africa. Here you’ll find an overview of each country, its attractions and wildlife viewing options as well as other experiences on offer. For more comprehensive information take a look at the individual country sections in this brochure, or call our Africa specialists.

Le Morne, Mauritius

Tanzania

Botswana

Tanzania has some of Africa’s most famous wildlife areas such as the Serengeti National Park and the Ngorongoro Crater. It’s also home to lesser-known attractions such as the Selous Game Reserve and Ruaha National Park which offer equally good game viewing with fewer crowds. Along with Tanzania’s high wildlife density it also has the beautiful Indian Ocean islands of Zanzibar and Mafia making it an ideal destination for a safari and beach combination.

Botswana is a dream destination for many safari enthusiasts with some of the best wildlife viewing on the continent and limited numbers of visitors. Camps are small and luxurious and often set in private reserves so you will see few other vehicles on game drives. Botswana offers lush scenery and waterside game viewing in the famous Okavango Delta, a beautiful wetland area rich with colourful birdlife as well as big game, and its mokoro safaris are unique. By limiting visitor numbers Botswana offers an exclusive experience and although prices reflect this, you certainly get value for money.

Kenya

Migrating wildebeest, Masai Mara, Kenya

Kenya’s popularity means that facilities are well developed and the country offers both vast tracts of unspoilt wilderness as well as some of the most luxurious places to stay in Africa. Although some areas, such as the eastern Masai Mara can get crowded, the rest of the country offers untouched nature and excellent game viewing. The western side of the Masai Mara is much quieter and a great destination for first-time visitors to Africa, while in the north of the country you can walk with Samburu tribesmen on the Laikipia Plateau in the shadow of Mount Kenya. It is also easy to combine time on safari with several beach destinations.

Namibia

Sand dunes, Sossusvlei, Namibia

Namibia’s desert scenery is a big draw, its undulating red sand dunes reaching several hundred metres high and towering over the scrub below. It’s a great place to take spectacular photographs of the landscape, but there is also big game to spot and the easily navigable network of gravel roads makes self-drive trips a very feasible option. It is a good country for first-time visitors to Africa thanks to the varied scenery, interesting towns, wildlife and activities to enjoy. Namibia is one of the best value African countries to visit and trips can be tailored to suit all budgets.

Zambia Zambia is one of our favourite countries. With good game concentrations, intimate camps and wild parks, it makes for a wonderful African experience. The camps here are small and ingeniously constructed. Many have only three or four tents and are the starting point for some of the best walking safaris in Africa. Night drives are also popular and can be rewarding for leopard sightings. After time in the bush the lodges on the banks of the Zambezi River are the place to relax and offer the opportunity to see the spectacular Victoria Falls. Zambia also combines well with a trip to Lake Malawi for some time on the beach.

Zimbabwe There is a new-found optimism in Zimbabwe. Visitors have been returning for a while and are discovering the beauty that made this country a firm favourite. You’ll find good game viewing around the waterholes of Hwange National Park, balancing rock formations in Matobo National Park, and hordes of hippo and crocodiles in the waters of Mana Pools and Lake Kariba. The natural spectacle of Victoria Falls is a breathtaking sight, while the ancient Great Zimbabwe ruins were once the capital of the Queen of Sheba.

ADDIS ABABA ETHIOPIA

UGANDA KENYA

KAMPALA

NAIROBI

KIGALI

SEYCHELLES

DODOMA

Dar es Salaam

MALAWI LILONGWE

ZAMBIA LUSAKA

ntic Atla

NAMIBIA

Maun

ZIMBABWE

ANTANANARIVO MAURITIUS

MADAGASCAR

an Oce

BOTSWANA WINDHOEK GABORONE PRETORIA

Johannesburg

M oz am bi qu e

HARARE

Indian Ocean

TANZANIA

Ch an n

RWANDA

MAPUTO

BLOEMFONTEIN SOUTH AFRICA CAPE TOWN

Malawi

Uganda and Rwanda

Seychelles

Malawi is a small country dominated by the glittering and enormous Lake Malawi, which can either be enjoyed as a destination in its own right or combined with a trip to Zambia. Despite its diminutive size, Malawi offers diverse attractions with exquisite beaches fringing the lake, good game viewing in Liwonde National Park, tranquil tea plantations and varied hiking in the southern mountains.

Uganda and Rwanda are famous for their mountain gorillas which you can track in the lush Virunga Mountains. Both countries are relatively small; a week in Rwanda and ten days in Uganda are normally sufficient to see the highlights.

Synonymous with idyllic white-sand beaches, swaying palm trees and turquoise water, the Seychelles is equally gorgeous as an islandhopping destination or as a blissful end to a safari. There are a range of places to stay from simple guesthouses to luxury hotels and private islands, so trips can be tailored to suit most budgets.

Madagascar Madagascar is unique and offers an experience that is quite unlike other African countries. Its hugely diverse and largely endemic wildlife is the main attraction, with many of its animals and plants found nowhere else on Earth. Madagascar’s lemurs are a highlight for many visitors and can be seen while walking through virgin rainforest. The island is fringed with beautiful white-sand beaches making it easy to combine time in the jungle with some relaxation at the end of your trip. Facilities in Madagascar are not always as developed as in other parts of Africa and travelling can be challenging at times, so it will not suit everyone, but for adventurous travellers we cannot recommend it highly enough.

Mozambique Mozambique has possibly Africa’s prettiest coastline and makes a wonderful post-safari or beach only destination. There are two archipelagos, Bazaruto in the south and Quirimbas in the north, both of which have a small number of boutique hotels. A trip to Niassa Game Reserve in the north adds on a unique wilderness experience.

Mauritius Mauritius’ combination of lush volcanic mountains and white sandy beaches make it a very attractive place, and although the island has plenty of large resorts, we have sought out individual properties on quiet stretches of beach and boutique hotels in the mountains so you can enjoy the diverse scenery. The island’s popularity means that service levels are high and prices are competitive, and it offers excellent value for money. Mauritius is easy to combine with a safari in either Southern or East Africa.

South Africa South Africa is well-suited to first-time visitors to Africa, as well as families. The majority of visitors combine Cape Town with the Winelands, Garden Route and the Eastern Cape game reserves or Kruger National Park. It is a great value destination with much more developed facilities than most of the rest of Africa. We have an extensive South Africa programme covered in a separate brochure. For a copy please call our South Africa specialists on 01993 838 550.

Ethiopia Popular with our staff for many years, we have recently added Ethiopia to our group tour programme. This fascinating country has soaring mountains, ancient treasures, captivating people and unique wildlife. To find out more please call our specialists on 01993 838 565.

01993 838 500 • Introduction

Wildlife T

he focus of most trips to Africa is the wildlife. Whilst there are incredible animal encounters to be found across the continent, there are some specific areas that are particularly good for certain species. We have included a rough guide here on where to find some of Africa’s bigger game but our specialists can advise you in much greater depth. Throughout this brochure we use the zoological naming convention which states that African animals of the orders canidae, felidae, perissodactyla, artiodactyla and proboscidea don’t have an ‘s’ added in plural form, while all others do.

Leopard, Zambia

Lion

Elephant

Lion are usually not hard to find on any safari as they tend to enjoy lying around for large parts of the day. Areas of particular note are Kenya’s Masai Mara National Reserve and the adjoining Serengeti National Park in Tanzania. We also find the Ruaha National Park in Tanzania is a prime place to find large prides.

Elephant can be found in large numbers in many areas we feature but despite being a common sight they are always impressive. Less common are the desert-adapted elephants which roam freely in Namibia’s Damaraland region – seeing them against a backdrop of dunes and gravel plains is spectacular. Chobe National Park in Botswana is known for its huge population, and hundreds come to the Chobe River to drink. Finally, the Ngorongoro Crater in Tanzania is home to some large bulls with impressive tusks.

Leopard Leopard are generally secretive but the best place to find them is Zambia. Night drives have been operating in both the South Luangwa and Lower Zambezi National Parks for many years and the guides know the places leopard tend to frequent. Other good areas for leopard include Tanzania’s Selous Game Reserve and the Masai Mara in Kenya. Elephant, Chobe National Park, Botswana

Rhino

Oxpecker, Masai Mara, Kenya

Both black and white rhino have been heavily poached in Africa and in many places they are still under serious pressure. However, thanks to increased protection, and the money tourism brings in, many are thriving. Black rhino can be found roaming freely in northwest Namibia and guests can track them on foot with Save the Rhino trackers. Namibia’s Etosha National Park also has good numbers of both black and white rhino.

Black rhino, Etosha National Park, Namibia

Buffalo

Cheetah

The bad-tempered buffalo are at their most spectacular in large herds. Katavi National Park in western Tanzania and Duba Plains in Botswana have some of the biggest groups. From June to October, Katavi’s herds number around 3,000, making for an impressive sight of snorting, dust and fluttering oxpeckers. Duba Plains also has a large herd of these cantankerous animals.

Like lion, cheetah spend a large part of their day lazing around but if you are privileged enough to see them at full stretch you will be humbled by their potent mixture of pace and power. Namibia is home to a large proportion of Africa’s cheetah population; their stronghold is Etosha National Park. For a close-up experience you can visit the AfriCat Foundation based in Namibia’s Northern Highlands. Tanzania’s Serengeti National Park is also an ideal habitat for cheetah.

Animals at a waterhole, Etosha National Park, Namibia

Mountain gorillas

Responsible travel

Mountain gorillas are found in the Virunga Mountains which straddle the Rwanda-Uganda border. On the Rwandan side the gorillas are protected by the Volcanoes National Park and on the Ugandan side by the Bwindi Impenetrable National Park.

Chimpanzees Chimpanzees can be found in the Mahale Mountains in Tanzania and Kibale Forest in Uganda. In both places they are tracked on foot.

Sifaka, Madagascar

Lemurs Lemurs come in all shapes and sizes and are unique to Madagascar. Once you are in the country’s national parks, they are not hard to find and with both diurnal and nocturnal species, different types can be seen at different times of day and night. Lemurs are naturally curious animals, so it’s often easy to see them up close.

Whales Humpback whales migrate up Africa’s east coast from June to early September. They are particularly easy to see on boat trips from Île Sainte Marie in Madagascar and the Quirimbas Archipelago in Mozambique.

We’re passionate about travel but also deeply aware of the responsibility we have to the people and places we visit. We believe that a visit from an Audley traveller should have a positive impact on the destination. We always endeavour to use locally-owned hotels, work with local guides and operators, and promote community and wildlife projects. Our Traveller’s Code offers tips and advice you can use to ensure your trip does not threaten the sustainability of the places you visit. We also support various African charities: in the past few years we have helped Mara Rianda in East Africa and Project Luangwa in Southern Africa. We carbon offset all our staff flights and you can choose to do the same, please speak to your specialist about this or see our website www.audleytravel.com

Chimpanzee, Mahale Mountains, Tanzania

01993 838 500 • Introduction

Choosing a safari M

any visitors to Africa want to experience a safari which combines seeing big game with exploring the surroundings and seeing smaller animals and birds. There are many ways to do this, from open vehicles, boats and canoes to hot air balloon trips and walking safaris. Exploring the bush in a variety of ways allows you to focus on different elements. Walking safaris are good for examining tracks and listening to bird calls – plus they are guaranteed to get the heart racing like nothing else. Game drives give the protection of a vehicle for approaching elephant, lion and buffalo at close quarters, while boats are best for viewing hippo, crocodiles and water birds. You may also want to consider the type of scenery you want to see while on safari, from the volcanic highlands of East Africa to the wetlands of Southern Africa. Whether your interest is a particular animal or bird, a way of exploring or a type of scenery you enjoy, we can suggest the right parks and activities. As well as the classic safari, we can arrange pretty much anything else, including the options below.

Guided bush walk, Laikipia Plateau, Kenya

Safari & beach combinations

Game drive, Okavango Delta, Botswana

Combining a safari with some time on the beach is very popular and particularly easy to organise as many game reserves are just a short light aircraft flight from the coast. Tanzania has the white-sand beaches of Zanzibar, Pemba and the Mafia Islands just offshore. Zanzibar works well with Kenya too, or if you want to go further afield, it is easy to combine with the Seychelles or Mauritius. In Southern Africa, Zambia’s South Luangwa National Park is a morning’s journey from Lake Malawi, so you can enjoy the afternoon gazing out over this inland sea. Namibia and Botswana combine well with Mauritius and Mozambique, however, due to flight times a night in Johannesburg is required en route. Finally, many of Madagascar’s reserves combine with a beach stay, so it is possible to include a hike through lemur-filled forests followed by a swim in the Indian Ocean.

Family safaris

Volcanoes National Park guide, Rwanda

If you think your children would like to learn to track game, pick mangos in the wild or bake crocodile cakes with a friendly chef, then a family safari is for you. In recent years many camps have built special family tents and houses in order to accommodate younger visitors. Activities can be enjoyed in private vehicles, or parents and children can head off in separate directions under the watchful eyes of professional guides. Dining can be early or late, together or apart, in the house or on a sandbank in the middle of the river. There are swimming pools to enjoy and wildlife certificates to earn, meaning excitement for kids and relaxation for parents. Speak to our Africa specialists who have visited all the family houses and can discuss the options with you.

Glossary of terms African camps and lodges often use vocabulary taken from local languages when describing their accommodation and surroundings. Some things don’t have an exact translation but here is our interpretation of the terms you will come across in this brochure. Askari – guard. Banda – cottage, barn or shed. Baraza – meeting room or sitting room. Boma – traditionally a place where cattle would be kept but now commonly refers to a communal area. Dambo – shallow wetland. Dwala – rock. Kanga – colourful piece of cloth, worn as a wrap. Kopje – rocky outcrop. Lapa – courtyard or enclosure. Manyatta – settlement. Meru tent – the classic large rectangular safari tent. Mokoro – dugout canoe, commonly used in the Okavango Delta. Mosasa – reed house. Rondavel – round hut. Vlei – shallow seasonal pool.

Ringed-tailed lemurs warming themselves, Madagascar

Walking safaris

Birdwatching

Exploring on foot is one of the most adrenaline filled ways to meet Africa’s wildlife as well as one of the most authentic safari experiences. Not only does it offer the opportunity of getting up close to big game, but also the chance to connect with the environment in a way that’s practically impossible to replicate in a car. Walking safaris vary from gentle morning rambles to two or three day hikes. Zambia pioneered this type of safari in the 1960s and it’s still one of the best countries for walking. Guides escort small groups out into the heart of the bush and on a typical morning walk you might track elephant, listen to birds, or have a picnic above a lagoon full of hippo. Madagascar is another excellent place for keen walkers as all of the activities are done on foot. Walks here explore virgin rainforest alive with lemurs, chameleons, frogs and geckos. For walks in dramatic desert scenery, Namibia is the place to go. You can climb sand dunes at Sossusvlei, scramble up rocky hillsides in the Naukluft Mountains and track black rhino across desert plains in Damaraland.

One of the delights of Africa is the colourful and exotic birdlife that accompanies you on safari. You’ll find birds of every shape and size, from hornbills to hammerkops, and saddle billed storks to secretary birds. In Southern Africa, keen ornithologists will enjoy the green season (November to March) when birds are in bright breeding plumage and out to impress each other in courtship displays. June is another highlight in Zambia’s South Luangwa National Park: large groups of spoonbills, yellow billed storks, saddle billed storks and fish eagles gather to scoop squirming fish out of shrinking lagoons that are disappearing in the sun. October sees the arrival of beautiful carmine bee-eaters which nest on the banks of Botswana’s Kwando and Zambia’s Luangwa Rivers. East Africa has the Selous River which attracts colourful water birds, while Lake Nakuru is turned pink by over a million flamingos. In the Indian Ocean the southeast trade winds (May to October) carry well over a million sooty terns to the Seychelles where they get on with the serious business of nesting. Africa is a birder’s paradise and this is just a small sample of what to expect, so please speak to our specialists for further details.

Photographic safaris With its dramatic landscapes, photogenic wildlife and beautiful sunrises and sunsets, Africa is a photographer’s dream. Whilst the whole continent offers superb opportunities to take a good photo, Zambia is one of the best places for the keen photographer. In the South Luangwa National Park there are several camps that have specialist guides and hides above busy waterholes. We also offer guided photographic safaris, led by professional photographers.

What to expect at your safari camp Your home from home on any safari is the camp. These come in varying levels of comfort and generally, the more you pay the more luxuries you can expect, although a remote location also drives costs up. Basic camps provide a dome tent, camp beds, illumination by battery powered lights, an eco-flush loo and a hot bucket shower (literally a bucket of hot water delivered by the staff, poured through a shower head). The next step up is a camp with electric lighting, larger Meru tents you can comfortably walk around in, full size beds with luxurious mattresses and easy chairs, and bathrooms with flushing loos. Towards the top end of the scale the tents sit on solid bases, and have indoor and outdoor showers with hot water around the clock and maybe even a bath. At the top end, lodges offer a full range of facilities and touches you may not expect when staying in the middle of the bush, such as roll-top baths and private plunge pools. Alternatively, mobile camps move a few times a year to find the best game viewing and can be very comfortable. Unless stated otherwise, accommodation in this brochure will always have en suite facilities.

Photo opportunity, Makgadikgadi Pans, Botswana

01993 838 500 • Introduction

Tanzania M

ajestic landscapes, spectacular wildlife encounters, idyllic white-sand beaches and rich culture make Tanzania a destination of unparalleled appeal. This unique combination of experiences, alongside the country’s charismatic and captivating people, make it one of our favourite destinations. In the northeast, Mount Kilimanjaro, Africa’s highest peak, rises above vast plains teeming with game. The most famous of these, the Serengeti, bursts with life and plays host to the epic migration of millions-strong herds of wildebeest and zebra, keenly watched by big cats, wild dog and crocodiles. Nearby, the lush Ngorongoro Conservation Area combines the Big Five with spectacular views of volcanic landscapes, and at Lake Manyara hippo wallow in the cool water against a colourful backdrop of flamingos. The southern part of the country, once the preserve of colonial hunters, now has some of the largest wildlife sanctuaries in Africa. In the west, chimpanzees swing through the trees in mountain jungles. Finally, the powder-sand beaches of the Indian Ocean offer a blissful place to relax after time on safari, the turquoise waters and exotic marine life making for excellent snorkelling and diving.

Audley in Tanzania UGANDA

Masai Mara National Reserve

Lake Victoria Rubondo Island

KENYA

Serengeti National Park

Lake Tanganyika Mahale Mountains National Park

Accommodation Throughout Tanzania, we use a variety of lodges and camps, from simple to luxurious. We prefer smaller properties where you can be assured of personal service and attention to detail, and opt for accommodation in scenic locations so that you can enjoy the wildlife as well as stunning views. We will find you an authentic safari camp where you can experience the magic of waking to the sunrise in your tent or, if you’d prefer, a luxurious tree-top lodge. On the beach, we have chosen characterful places, from simple cottages to stylish lodges on private islands.

Mount Kilimanjaro

Lake 2 Manyara Ngorongoro Conservation Area Arusha Kilimanjaro Airport Lake Eyasi 0 Tarangire National Park 0 Lake Manyara National Park

DODOMA

Pemba Island

Ruaha National Park a

7 Zanzibar Island

Mikumi National Park

100 miles 161 kilometres

Pangani

TANZANIA

Katavi National Park

Dar es Salaam Mafia Archipelago

a Ru

In southern Tanzania, we know the quieter Selous Game Reserve and Ruaha National Park inside-out. We have hand-picked camps with the best locations, chosen expert guides, and we can seamlessly combine all the parks with Tanzania’s beaches and islands. On Zanzibar we work with local guides and a selection of hotels whose owners we know personally. Small lodges on the Mafia Islands are ideal for those looking for a really remote place to stay on an idyllic beach.

Lake Natron

fiji

RWANDA

Tanzania is a large country with an exciting array of options. It is impossible to see everything that the country has to offer in one trip, so we recommend focusing on just one or two areas. The northern Tanzanian parks, such as the Ngorongoro Conservation Area and Serengeti National Park, are undoubted highlights but are well known and some parts can be busy. However, through extensive travel we have found a number of camps that allow you to experience these areas without the crowds. And whilst many visitors stay cocooned in their vehicles, we give you the option to explore on foot and camp in magical spots surrounded by game.

Selous Game Reserve

Indian Ocean

Lake Malawi MALAWI

1 Serengeti

MOZAMBIQUE

National Park The endless plains, where millions of wildebeest and zebra roam in a breathtaking spectacle known as the Great Migration. See pages 12-16 2 Ngorongoro Crater Gaze upon animals hundreds of metres below from the rim of this extinct volcano before descending into the crater to explore up close. See page 17

4 Ruaha National Park A remote southern Tanzanian gem with vast open plains, huge buffalo and elephant herds, and large lion prides. See page 22

3 Selous Game Reserve One of Africa’s largest and wildest game reserves, home to a formidable wild dog population and a superb area to explore on safari. See pages 20-21

National Park The jagged, rainforest-clad Mahale Mountains on the shores of Lake Tanganyika provide a beautiful refuge for chimpanzees. See page 23

5 Mahale Mountains

6 Mount Kilimanjaro The snows of Kilimanjaro are the stuff of African legend. Although the peak is less white these days, the lure of the continent’s highest point remains strong. See page 23 7 Zanzibar Archipelago A chain of beautiful islands with idyllic sandy beaches and accessible coral reefs for snorkelling and diving. See pages 24-28

www.audleytravel.com/tanzania • 01993 838 545 • Tanzania

Zebra, Serengeti National Park

Olakira Mobile Camp, Serengeti National Park

Lioness on a kopje, Serengeti National Park

Serengeti National Park

A classic mobile safari camp, Olakira’s nine tents move around the Serengeti following the Great Migration herds. Despite this, the accommodation here is luxurious and romantic with king size beds, fine linens, your own chaise longue on the veranda and flickering Arabian lanterns. Enjoy lunch outside with uninterrupted views across the savannah and evening drinks around the campfire. Dinners are a communal affair and a place to tell the stories of the day. This is one of our favourite camps, offering great food, knowledgeable guides and, most importantly, a superb vantage point for your safari in the Serengeti.

Serengeti Kati Kati Tented Camp, Serengeti National Park

The vast plains of the Serengeti are home to some of Tanzania’s most prolific wildlife and thanks to countless documentaries, seem to epitomise the African safari experience. This incredible area easily lives up to its screen reputation and, each year, up to two million wildebeest, zebra and gazelle make the journey across the plains following the promise of rain in what is one of the world’s greatest wildlife spectacles. Even without the migration, the Serengeti’s wildlife viewing is superb. Lion are practically a certainty, often seen lounging on the rocky kopjes. Cheetah pace the plains or stand atop termite mounds, and leopard relax in the dappled shade of the sausage trees. Olakira Mobile Camp, Serengeti National Park

Serengeti Kati Kati Tented Camp, Serengeti National Park

Ideally located for exploring the Serengeti, this simple mobile camp is a welcoming place offering excellent value for money. Set between a series of scenic hills and the vast plains, the ten canvas tents offer superb views of the game that wanders past, or even through, the camp. Each of the tents has comfortable king size or twin beds, en suite bathrooms and solar powered lighting. Lunch is served outdoors or in the mess tent, while in the evening, guests eat in the cosy dining tent before relaxing around the campfire with a drink to hear about the day’s exploits from guides and other guests.

Lilac-breasted roller, Serengeti National Park

Cheetah cubs, Serengeti National Park

Giraffe, Serengeti National Park

Nomad Serengeti Safari Camp, Serengeti National Park Extraordinary wildlife viewing is on offer at this exclusive camp which moves every few months to follow the herds and ensure a prime position for watching the migration. With only six tents, personal service and attention to detail are standard and the comfortable open plan accommodation features en suite bathrooms with eco toilets and bucket showers. One superb feature is that you can pre-book a private guide, allowing you to plan your days around your interests. This is particularly useful for keen wildlife photographers as it allows unhurried exploration and the time to wait patiently for the perfect image.

Lake Masek Tented Camp, Ngorongoro Conservation Area, bordering Serengeti National Park

Lake Masek Tented Camp

Serengeti Pioneer Camp, Serengeti National Park With an ideal location in the Moru Kopjes area at the heart of the Serengeti, the characterful Serengeti Pioneer Camp has access to large parts of the park. The herds of the migration pass this way from January to March but the camp offers year round interest in the nearby Seronera grasslands, known as fertile hunting grounds for big cats. The decor throughout aims to evoke the era of a 1930s safari and the 12 carefully designed tented rooms have a classic colonial feel. Alongside them is a comfortably furnished thatched lounge where you can enjoy a cool drink before dinner, and swap stories about the day’s game viewing.

Nomad Serengeti Safari Camp, Serengeti National Park

From December to April this great value camp, in the Ngorongoro Conservation Area, on the edge of the Serengeti, is witness to the spectacular Great Migration which passes nearby. The 20 tents overlook Lake Masek, a prime drinking spot for the massive herds so you can see plenty of animals coming to quench their thirst straight from your veranda. The comfortable tents are raised on wooden platforms and are tastefully decorated with dark furniture and feature en suite bathrooms that include both a bath and outdoor shower. Drinks and dinner are served in the thatched lounge, which has a terrace, from where you can keep an eye out for flamingos in the lake, or just sit with a book from the library.

Serengeti Pioneer Camp, Serengeti National Park

www.audleytravel.com/tanzania • 01993 838 545 • Tanzania

Wildebeest crossing the Mara River, Masai Mara National Park

The Great Migration

Zebra, Ngorongoro Conservation Area

One of the world’s greatest wildlife spectacles takes place on the plains that stretch from Kenya’s Masai Mara to Tanzania’s Serengeti. Here, the annual migration of more than two million wildebeest, zebra and gazelle is a magnet for lion, leopard, cheetah and hyena, and offers visitors the chance to observe a host of Africa’s most stunning wildlife in a single location. This is the Africa of wildlife documentaries, where predators wait for weak or vulnerable animals and the survival of the fittest theory is played out before you. Whether you are on your first trip to Africa or an old hand, there is little to compare to the drama of the Great Migration.

Practicalities for your Great Migration safari The migration can either be viewed in Kenya between August and October or in Tanzania from November to July. Although you might think it would be difficult to lose two million wildebeest, sightings can never be guaranteed. The herds follow a rough but predictable annual pattern but their precise movements depend on the level of grazing and the amount of rainfall. Their arrival in certain locations can differ by several weeks each year. However, with years of experience in helping people to enjoy the migration and extensive knowledge of the parks and camps, we can advise you on which camps to choose to maximise your chances of encountering the herds.

Blue Wildebeest, Serengeti National Park

Dangers of crossing the Mara River

Mobile camps Staying in one of the Serengeti’s mobile safari camps is one of the best ways to see the migration. They move every couple of months to be as close as possible to the herds and offer the best chance of observing this epic spectacle. Due to the temporary nature of the camps the accommodation may not be as luxurious as that in some permanent locations, but you can be guaranteed an authentic safari experience that is all about getting as close as you can to the wildlife. Your tent will have a comfortable bed, an en suite bathroom with a bucket shower and a basin with a jug of warm water each morning and evening. As well as giving you an excellent location, sleeping under canvas and waking to the sunrise is an incredible way to enjoy the magic of the Serengeti.

Lake Victoria

The Migration Calendar KENYA AUGUST/SEPTEMBER

Masai Mara National Reserve OCTOBER

Mara River

Serengeti National Park

JULY/AUGUST

ive

ti R

e rum

NOVEMBER

JUNE

DECEMBER

MAY

TANZANIA KENYA

KENYA

APRIL Serengeti National Park

JANUARY TO MARCH

Ngorongoro Conservation Area

DODOMA

TANZANIA

Indian Ocean

Lake Eyasi

River crossings Observing the huge herds making their way across a river is one of the highlights of a safari and wildlife documentaries make it look easy to catch this magical event. However, in reality, filmmakers spend a long time waiting to capture the moment on camera and herds often spend weeks on the riverbanks contemplating the crossing before ever making a move. Strong currents, crocodiles and hippo provide a serious obstacle to

reaching the lush grass on the opposite riverbank – proving a real dilemma for the herds. Whilst seeing a river crossing can be unforgettable, unless you have endless time and money to spend waiting patiently, you will have to rely on luck and good timing if you hope to catch a crossing. If you want to maximise your chances of this, we would recommend staying in the northern Serengeti between July and September, or in the Masai Mara in August or September.

December to May – breeding and calving The migration cycle begins each year on the dusty plains of the southern Serengeti where almost half a million wildebeest are born between December and March. Up on their feet almost the moment they take their first Ikorongo breath, Game they ready themselves for the greatest Reserve journey of their lives. During these months, the herds tend to stay in one place gathering strength. They spend their days grazing on the Ndutu Plains before the long rains arrive in Loliondo Game Reserve April and May, turning the Serengeti green overnight and provoking the first movement of animals on the great journey north. June – the journey north As June arrives and the rains cease, millions of beasts travel steadily across the savannah. Long columns of wildebeest, zebra and gazelle make their way through the tall grass converging at the Grumeti River. Here, enormous crocodiles lie in wait on the riverbanks, jaws gaping – a terrifying prospect Masawa Game for theReserve herds to face. July – crossing the Mara River As the plains become increasingly parched, millions of animals join the march northwards to the Masai Mara, where the walls of the Rift Valley trap the final drops of rain. By July, the front-runners of the herds are preparing to cross the Mara River, whilst the rear-guard may be as far south as the Grumeti River. The Mara River brings the herds to a halt whilst they contemplate the crossing. The animals can often wait for two weeks before attempting the crossing, with many false starts. Eventually, one brave wildebeest will take the plunge, followed swiftly by thousands more, swimming desperately across the river. August to October – grazing in Kenya’s Masai Mara By August or September the herds are safely in Kenya’s Masai Mara, where the water provides fresh grazing throughout the lean months of the dry season. The herds move around the reserve, crossing the Talek and Mara Rivers frequently in search of water and grass. This is a time of plenty for the big cats of the Masai Mara, making it an exciting, if bloody, time to be on safari here. November – the journey south November brings the short rains and new life to the grasslands of the southern Serengeti. The wildebeest, able to detect rain from more than 50 kilometres away, return south, completing the circle. The two million strong contingent moves through the Loliondo, Lobo and Piaya regions of the northern Serengeti until it finally reaches the rich volcanic soil of the Ndutu Plains once again.

Wildebeest migration, Serengeti National Park

www.audleytravel.com/tanzania • 01993 838 545 • Tanzania

Lion, Serengeti National Park

Serian’s Serengeti North and South

Serian’s Serengeti North and South, Serengeti National Park These seasonal camps change their position based upon the time of year and the location of the Great Migration herds. From December until May, during the wildebeest calving season and the resulting predator action, the camp is in the south, in the Ngorongoro Conservation Area on the edge of the Serengeti. From June to November the action moves north and the camp is based near the Mara River, in prime position to watch the herds pluck up the courage to cross the water. Traditional in style and offering an authentic safari experience, these intimate camps have just eight classically but beautifully furnished tents. Guests benefit from the exclusive use of a vehicle with a private guide and spotter maximising chances of an amazing Great Migration adventure.

Sayari Camp, Serengeti National Park

Lamai Serengeti, Serengeti National Park

Overlooking the Mara River in the far north of the Serengeti, Sayari has a commanding position offering sweeping views of the plains. This luxurious property is more akin to a chic boutique hotel than a wilderness lodge and perfectly blends contemporary style and local character. The palatial tents sit on wooden platforms and are kitted out with polished floors, king sized beds, free-standing baths and monsoon showers. A comfy daybed sits on the private balcony allowing you to enjoy the wildlife as it wanders past. The camp is a very tranquil place to stay and ideal for those looking to get away from it all. Along with the beautiful rooms, there’s a very smart lounge and dining tent, and a pool to cool off in. This area of the national park is quiet and unspoilt, allowing you to enjoy the wildlife with only the sounds of nature to disturb you.

This luxurious camp occupies an imposing spot on one of the park’s rocky kopjes, and the views are extensive. Divided into two, each with its own bar and dining area where you can enjoy sundowners and meals, the 12 bright, airy rooms are artfully constructed. After a day on the plains, the pool is very refreshing. The herds of the Great Migration pass within a few kilometres of the camp.

&Beyond Klein’s Camp, Serengeti National Park

&Beyond Klein’s Camp, Serengeti National Park Way up in the northeastern part of the Serengeti, &Beyond Klein’s Camp is perched on top of the Kuka Hills and offers panoramic views. The ten cottages are supremely comfortable, with whitewashed stone walls, solid wood floors, great bathrooms and verandas that look out over the Serengeti Plains towards Kenya in the north. The Great Migration passes through here, but there are large resident elephant populations and buffalo herds year round, as well as plenty of big cats. As the camp is set in its own conservancy, guests have sole use of the area. After a dusty day tracking wildlife, the pool is the perfect place to refresh before retiring to the bar and lounge for a sundowner in a magnificent setting.

Swimming pool, Lamai Serengeti, Serengeti National Park

Waterhole at Ngorongoro Crater

Sayari Camp, Serengeti National Park

Gibbs Farm, Ngorongoro Highlands

Plantation Lodge, Ngorongoro Highlands

Ngorongoro Conservation Area

countryside feel, with exposed beams, subtle floral fabrics, heritage colour schemes and open fireplaces. In the afternoon you can enjoy a cup of local tea or coffee on the lawns and just sit and enjoy the sunshine. Fresh farm produce dictates the fine menu of English and Tanzanian dishes with meals eaten in the characterful dining rooms or outside in the gardens. The Ngorongoro Crater is a short drive away, as is Lake Manyara, or you can explore the forests and mountains locally.

&Beyond Ngorongoro Crater Lodge, Ngorongoro Crater

The Ngorongoro Conservation Area covers over 8,000 square kilometres and at its heart is the spectacular Ngorongoro Crater, the world’s largest intact and unflooded volcanic caldera. About 20 kilometres across with 600-metre-high walls, it provides an extraordinary natural sanctuary for some of Africa’s densest populations of large mammals. At the top of the crater rainforest clings to the walls, while far below, thousands of zebra, buffalo, wildebeest and Thomson’s and Grant’s gazelle roam. This is the best place in Tanzania to see black rhino, while elephant inhabit the Lerai Forest in the southwest of the crater, and lion and leopard complete the Big Five. There are also lakes and rivers where hippo wallow and birds wade. This incredible combination of scenery and wildlife makes the Ngorongoro Crater an essential part of the northern safari circuit.

Gibbs Farm, Ngorongoro Highlands This beautiful working farm grows fruit, vegetables and flowers in the heart of the Ngorongoro Highlands and has 21 guest cottages set in lush tropical gardens. It’s a relaxing place to spend a couple of days, with views over the coffee plantations and surrounding jungle from the rooms. The cottages have a fresh, English

Plantation Lodge, Ngorongoro Highlands A charming place nestled in the Ngorongoro Highlands, Plantation Lodge is set in beautiful grounds blanketed in brightly coloured flowers and sheltered by mango, avocado and coffee trees. The 23 spacious rooms are spread out around the garden, each individually furnished in a contemporary but characterful style with large beds, local weavings and fabrics and an outdoor seating area to admire the view. Standards of service are high and the friendly and welcoming staff cook up an innovative range of dishes from fresh produce grown in the garden. There is also a pool offering views over coffee plantations and the jungle covered mountains beyond. Both the Ngorongoro Crater and Lake Manyara are easily accessible as day trips from the lodge.

This opulent lodge sits in a breathtaking position on the crater rim at an altitude of 2,300 metres. Inside, the surroundings are equally magnificent with teak panelling, raw silk curtains, antique furniture and elaborate chandeliers vying for attention with the dramatic views from the floor to ceiling windows. The accommodation is divided into three camps, with 12 rooms in North and South Camps, and six in Tree Camp. Each camp has its own lodge while the guest rooms have an opulent country house feel and are decorated with dark woods and rich fabrics. You can enjoy meals in the camp’s dining rooms, or weather permitting, out on the terrace. The views down into the crater are outstanding and with good binoculars you can make out the animals grazing below. Of course the real draw is the easy access to the crater; you can be there before the masses, or sleep in and enjoy the lodge’s many facilities.

&Beyond Ngorongoro Crater Lodge

www.audleytravel.com/tanzania • 01993 838 545 • Tanzania

Flamingos, Lake Manyara National Park

Lake Manyara National Park One of Northern Tanzaniaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s smallest but most picturesque parks, Lake Manyara National Park is situated at the base of the Rift Valley escarpment. The lake is often covered in flocks of pink lesser flamingos, and is surrounded by marshland where hippo and buffalo wallow in the shallows. Baboons frolic on the grass, squabbling amongst themselves, while vervet monkeys swing through the trees. Compared with the Serengeti or Tarangire National Park, the vegetation around Lake Manyara feels much more tropical, with grassy floodplains, acacia woodland and hot springs to explore. Aside from the lake, the area is most famous for its tree-climbing lions, but there is plenty of other wildlife to enjoy too, including elephant, zebra and giraffe. Birdlife is also superb, with almost 400 recorded species, including the flashy, multi-coloured bee-eaters and silvery-cheeked hornbills.

Escarpment Lodge, near Lake Manyara National Park The luxurious Escarpment Lodge is just outside the national park, sandwiched between the shores of the lake and the Rift Valley escarpment. The elevated location ensures far-reaching views over the lake and its flocks of pink flamingos. Game drives can either be taken in Lake Manyara National Park or in the Ngorongoro Conservation Area a bit further afield. After exploring the parks, you can relax by the pool or watch the pelicans wheel overhead. The 16 enormous chalets are beautifully appointed and feature wooden floors and leather sofas. The main lodge has a large bar leading out onto a sweeping balcony, and guests can either dine here or retreat indoors to the dining room.

&Beyond Lake Manyara Tree Lodge, Lake Manyara National Park Tucked away in the lush forest, this small, luxurious lodge has a great location within Lake Manyara National Park. This privileged location offers unrivalled access to the parkâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s renowned birdlife, the spectacle of baboon troops hanging around the lodge and mountain bike rides to the shores of the lake. Guests stay in one of ten tree-houses that sit high in the mahogany trees. Both serene and romantic, they are contemporary in style and yet feature many

Escarpment Lodge, near Lake Manyara National Park

local touches as well as polished hardwood floors and large verandas. Service and food here are excellent, with sumptuous meals eaten by candlelight in the open-air boma. This is one of our favourite properties in Tanzania and the beautiful rooms will be some of the finest of your trip to Tanzania.

Manyara Ranch Conservancy, between Lake Manyara and Tarangire National Park This ranch sits in the wildlife corridor that connects Lake Natron, the Ngorongoro Conservation Area and Tarangire National Park. It is surrounded by its own conservancy where you can expect to spot lion, elephant and zebra amongst other animals. The eight traditional safari tents, including a family tent, are simply but beautifully decorated with dark wooden furniture, writing desks and numerous lamps. One of the real draws of this ranch however, is the range of activities on offer. As well as 4x4 safaris you can explore on foot, on horseback and view wildlife from hides. The conservancy allows driving off road so you can get closer to animals than is possible inside the national parks. You can also make day trips to nearby Lake Manyara National Park and Tarangire National Park, making this a great base to explore several areas without the need to be constantly on the move.

&Beyond Lake Manyara Tree Lodge

Manyara Ranch Conservancy

Elephant, Tarangire National Park

Ol Doinyo L’Engai volcano

Black-necked weaver, Tarangire National Park

Tarangire National Park

sundowners and canapés served around a campfire before guests enjoy a three course meal. There’s even a pizza oven on the large deck watched over by an ancient baobab. The camp’s finest feature is the small infinity pool overlooking the waterhole.

The scenic Tarangire National Park is made up of diverse habitats set against a dramatic backdrop of the towering Ol Doinyo L’Engai volcano. The park comes to life in the dry season when the meandering Tarangire River attracts thirsty animals from other areas. The most impressive of the migrants are the elephant, which congregate in large herds along the riverbanks. You’ll also find buffalo, zebra, wildebeest, giraffe, eland and impala on the grassy plains, as well as the attendant lion and cheetah that stalk them. The lush swamps are a year-round attraction, particularly for birdwatchers, with more than 550 recorded species.

Oliver’s Camp, Tarangire National Park Located in the south of Tarangire National Park, Oliver’s Camp is an excellent base for exploring the quietest parts of this beautiful park.

Tarangire River Camp, near Tarangire National Park Pool, Sanctuary Swala Camp, Tarangire National Park

The camp sits on a small hill with panoramic views over distant ranges and has eight tents set on solid decks. It is decorated in a luxurious classic safari style, with indoor and outdoor showers. The cosy lounge area is full of comfortable chairs and local crafts but guests usually dine under the stars and then retire to the campfire to swap stories of their day. As well as game drives, the camp offers guided walking safaris so you can enjoy the thrill of feeling really close to nature.

This great value 21 room camp is just outside the main gate of Tarangire National Park in its own concession. Built with traditional thatch and local woods, the camp blends in with its environment and offers panoramic views over a branch of the Tarangire River. The main lodge has an elevated deck and pool where guests can enjoy a sundowner and discuss the day’s game viewing before retreating to their comfortable raised tents, each of which has a private veranda to take in the views. Days out in the national park are spent searching for the vast herds of elephant Tarangire is famed for.

Sanctuary Swala Camp, Tarangire National Park Sitting in the shade of giant acacia trees and overlooking a waterhole that attracts everything from elephant to waterbuck, Swala allows guests to enjoy Tarangire National Park in complete comfort. The camp’s 12 luxurious tents are kitted out in sleek, contemporary style. The main lodge is equally stylish with Campfire at Oliver’s Camp, Tarangire National Park

Tarangire River Camp, near Tarangire National Park

www.audleytravel.com/tanzania • 01993 838 545 • Tanzania

Rufiji River

Selous Impala Camp, Selous Game Reserve

Selous Game Reserve The Selous Game Reserve is one of Africa’s largest protected areas yet it feels like an undiscovered secret. Bisected by the Rufiji River, which flows through the woodlands and draws in wildlife from across the region, the Selous is home to Africa’s largest buffalo and lion populations, healthy numbers of leopard and thriving wild dog packs. Antelope of all shapes and sizes are also common. In the heat of the afternoon, large herds of giraffe drink from the lakes whilst elephant herds cross the channels to the lush islands. Boat trips are a speciality in the Selous and floating quietly along on the water is magical. You will see yellow-billed storks nesting in borassus palms and white-crowned plovers cleaning the teeth of crocodiles.

Selous Impala Camp, Selous Game Reserve

Lake Manze Adventure Camp, Selous Game Reserve

Set among the borassus palms and tamarind trees on the banks of the Rufiji River, this camp has a beautiful waterside location. The veranda overlooks the river and is a great place to relax with a drink as you watch the hippo and elephant that frequent the area. The camp’s eight tents are set on high wooden decks with views of the river and the forest beyond, while inside they are furnished in a colonial style. In the centre of camp, the thatched boma houses a dining room and bar. There’s also a raised campfire by the river that’s the best spot for a sundowner with a view, and a refreshing swimming pool to cool off in after a game drive. Activities at this friendly and comfortable camp include boat trips, game drives and walking safaris.

This rustic, good value camp has 12 simple but comfortable tents on the shores of Lake Manze. Shaded by doum palms and terminalia trees, the tents are spread out around the camp and have views out over the water or through the bush. A patio at the front of each room is the perfect spot for watching the hippo and herons at the lakeshore. Views from the dining and lounge area, a simple sand floor sheltered by a thatched roof, are also excellent and give the sense of an authentic safari experience. Guests can enjoy a variety of activities including game drives, boat safaris and early morning walks.

One of our most popular camps, Selous Riverside Safari Camp has an enviable spot on the banks of the Rufiji River. A good value base, its 14 spacious tented chalets are beautifully decorated and offer large, comfortable beds and en suite bathrooms. The five deluxe tents also have their own private plunge pool. The camp is just 20 minutes outside the reserve, so it’s only a short trip before you can enjoy game drives, boat trips and guided walks. After a day exploring the Selous you can relax on your private veranda or take a dip in the small pool. Lake Manze Adventure Camp, Selous Game Reserve

Selous Riverside Safari Camp, Selous Game Reserve

Waterbuck, Selous Game Reserve

Giraffe, Selous Game Reserve

Lake Tagalala, Selous Game Reserve

African buffalo, Selous Game Reserve

Siwandu, Selous Game Reserve

Sand Rivers, Selous Game Reserve

Situated on the shores of Lake Nzerakera, Siwandu is a luxury camp with 13 huge tents offering every comfort you could reasonably expect in the bush. The spacious rooms open out to spectacular views of the lake and have large, comfortable beds, wardrobes and a private veranda with soft chairs – perfect for relaxing on lazy afternoons. The camp has two large thatched bomas housing a dining room, lounge and bar, and their elevated position means you can enjoy panoramic views of the lake as you sip a drink. You can explore the reserve by 4x4 or on foot, but the boat trips are a delight, particularly for bird lovers. If you like fishing, a guide will take you out on the lake or you could just relax by the pool.

Sand Rivers is an exclusive camp built around a beautiful, airy lodge with far-reaching views over a bend in the Rufiji River. There are just eight thatched cottages here, five set by the river and three suites up on a hillside. Constructed out of wood and stone, the spacious rooms are bright yet tranquil with huge, comfortable beds. The suites have the addition of a small, private plunge pool. After a day out in a 4x4, on a boat safari or fishing the river, you can relax at the lodge watching the bright yellow weaver birds building their nests in a tree, and see bush-babies up close in the evenings. Meals are excellent and served either in the dining area or on the deck outside.

Breakfast view, Siwandu, Selous Game Reserve

Beho Beho Camp, Selous Game Reserve

Beho Beho Camp, Selous Game Reserve Possibly the most luxurious camp in the Selous, Beho Beho sits on a hillside with superb views over the Beho Beho Plains. Whitewashed walls, thatched roofs and simple but elegant decor give the camp a very solid and stylish feel. In the main lodge reclaimed timbers sit side by side with antiques while the ten large stone cottages or bandas feature carved woods and draped linens. Supremely comfortable with huge beds and armchairs, the cottages have a traditional style with open-air hot showers and plenty of little extras such as hairdryers, a rarity on safari. Along with the restaurant there’s a bar with a billiard table and a pool overlooking the plains. Dining is flexible so you can make the most of the activities such as game drives and walks, or boat trips on Lake Tagalala.

Sand Rivers, Selous Game Reserve

www.audleytravel.com/tanzania • 01993 838 545 • Tanzania

Grant’s gazelle, Ruaha National Park

Ruaha National Park In the heart of southern Tanzania, the Ruaha National Park has a hot, dry climate and dramatic scenery. The Ruaha River is flanked by woodland and tumbles over boulders as it forms the park’s southeastern border. It is a paradise for animals and you’ll see lion sunbathing on the sandbanks and elephant drinking from the water. There are spotted and striped hyena, wild dog and leopard, all of which prey on the impala, waterbuck, bushbuck, giraffe, zebra and buffalo in the park. The birdlife is particularly colourful and it is not unusual to spot many species while sitting in camp. Activities in Ruaha focus on game drives, although walking is also possible.

Jongomero, Ruaha National Park The Jongomero River is the setting for this luxurious camp, which sits on its banks. The river

Jongomero, Ruaha National Park

is seasonal, so for most of the year it is just a sandy bed which animals use as a natural thoroughfare. There are eight large tents raised on wooden platforms and sheltered by thatched roofs. Inside they are stylishly decorated with enormous emperor beds, solid wood floors and furniture made from reclaimed dhow wood. There is also a large veranda overlooking the riverbed which is an ideal place to relax during the heat of the day. Meals are served outside on the breakfast terrace, sand terrace or on the dry riverbed. The camp is in a secluded position and makes an excellent base for 4x4 safaris and game walks. Wild camping walking safaris are also available for those keen to really get a feel for bush life.

Kwihala, Ruaha National Park Low key, Kwihala is a good quality camp in Ruaha National Park with just six spacious safari tents. You’ll find comfortable beds for a good night’s rest and outside, a covered veranda area, which is insect-proofed and protected from the elements by a fly sheet, making it a good place to relax with a book. The spacious mess tent is the main social centre of the camp. Separate dining and relaxation areas create a homely feel although canvas walls and open sides leave you with no doubt that you’re in the bush. The camp is well known for having excellent guides, so is ideal for those looking to explore Ruaha.

Mdonya Old River Camp, Ruaha National Park For an authentic safari experience Mdonya offers a back to nature adventure where paraffin lamps light the dinner table and lion roar in the background. Wild and rustic, this great value camp offers guests the opportunity to feel connected to the bush. There is no electricity here and just 12 simple but comfortable tents situated under sycamore fig and acacia trees. The dining and lounge tents overlook a dry riverbed which acts as a busy wildlife corridor, and animals are often seen in and around the camp. Two lion prides live in the vicinity, making for exciting evenings with plenty of roaring – which may not be for everyone. For a chance to experience what an original safari camp may have been like with just candles, lamps and a campfire between you and the bush, Mdonya promises the romantic notion of a back to basics safari experience.

Kwihala, Ruaha National Park

Mdonya Old River Camp, Ruaha National Park

Chimpanzee, Mahale Mountains National Park

Climbing Mount Kilimanjaro The biggest challenge you can tackle in Tanzania is to climb the country’s highest peak, the imposing Mount Kilimanjaro. At 5,895 metres high this volcano is a serious proposition but scaling it is an achievement within reach of most fit people. There are several routes, each with different characteristics and some harder than others, but we can help you choose the appropriate one to make your ascent to the roof of Africa. Mahale Mountains from Lake Tanganyika

Katavi National Park Deep in western Tanzania, the extremely wild Katavi National Park is off the beaten track, but well worth the effort to get to. With only a handful of camps in a million acres, Katavi sees few visitors and you can have an immense wilderness all to yourself. From June to October buffalo herds of up to 3,000 graze on the plains and large crocodiles hide in mud holes. One of Katavi’s greatest sights is the diminishing pools in the dry season, where hundreds of wallowing hippo begrudgingly share the waters.

Chada Katavi, Katavi National Park Hidden by acacia and tamarind trees, Chada Camp is a tranquil retreat overlooking the plains. The six safari tents have a veranda outside where you can sit and enjoy the bush views. Decorated in classic safari style with great attention to detail, they offer a romantic base from which to explore the wilds of Katavi. The main dining area is in an open tent where guests gather for a hearty meal and to share tales of the day’s adventures. There is also a library where you can enjoy books about the area and its wildlife.

Mahale Mountains National Park Looming over the deep blue waters of Lake Tanganyika, the landscape of the imposing Mahale Mountains is dramatically different from Tanzania’s grassy plains. Beautiful and jagged peaks of over 2,000 metres soar into the clouds then sweep down to meet the lake at palm-fringed beaches. It’s a very tranquil setting but also one of the best places in Africa in which to see wild chimpanzees.

Greystoke Mahale, Mahale Mountains

Rubondo Island

The remote but luxurious Greystoke Mahale is a very special place, built on an idyllic palm-fringed beach on the shores of Lake Tanganyika, with the spectacular Mahale Mountains as a backdrop. Guests divide their time between relaxing on the white-sand beach and tracking chimpanzees in the forest. The six bandas are tucked away at the forest edge and are made entirely from reclaimed dhow wood. Inside, there are comfy beds, tin wash basins and an upstairs deck for relaxing and enjoying the views. Most days begin as trackers lead you up into the forest in search of chimpanzees before descending to the camp again for nature walks in the forest or lazing around and fishing from an ancient dhow.

Rubondo Island lies at the southern end of Lake Victoria and is a haven for all sorts of creatures from native hippo and crocodiles to introduced species such as chimpanzees and elephant. The island is mostly covered in forest and its inlets are home to many types of waterbird. Built in traditional fashion to blend in with the environment, the eight luxury cottages here are simple but extremely stylish inside, their modern, minimalist decor reflected in the dining and bar area which follows a similar theme but has more local character. Although swimming in the lake is not advised due to the numerous hippo and crocodiles, there is a swimming pool with lake views. Game drives, nature walks and boating safaris are all available, or you could spend a night in the luxurious tree house.

www.audleytravel.com/tanzania • 01993 838 545 • Tanzania

Traditional carved doorway, Stone Town

The Zanzibar Archipelago A string of tropical islands stretching out in aquamarine seas, the Zanzibar Archipelago lies just 30 kilometres off the Tanzanian coast. Easy to access yet vastly different from mainland Tanzania, they make an ideal destination for a relaxing end to a safari. Bustling Zanzibar and Pemba are the two largest islands and offer the chance to visit ancient towns, small villages, spice plantations and a choice of sandy beaches. Surrounding these two large islands are numerous tiny coral atolls, reached by relaxing dhow trips, and home only to seabirds and nesting turtles. Around the islands you’ll find reefs where pink sea anemones sway in warm currents and butterflyfish, angelfish and parrotfish dart between the corals.

Pemba Channel

Pemba Island

Chake Chake

Pangani

Mnemba Island

Zanzibar Channel

Stone Town, Zanzibar Island

Zanzibar Island

Stone Town

Zanzibar Island Indian Ocean

TANZANIA

Dar es Salaam

30 miles

53 kilometres

Mafia Channel Mafia Island

Kilindoni Mafia Island Marine Park

Man cycling on Bwejuu Beach, Zanzibar Island

Chole Island

The exotic spice island of Zanzibar is the largest in the archipelago and has long held a reputation as a mysterious and magical destination. Fringed by powder-sand beaches and swaying palms it provides an idyllic place to relax at the end of a safari, but there is far more to the island than its beaches. The lush vegetation of the interior is littered with coconut plantations and spice farms where piles of curling cinnamon bark and nutmeg lie in the sun. Mango trees line the roads and in the forest at Jozani, native Kirk’s red colobus romp through the trees. In Stone Town, the oldest part of the Zanzibari capital, alleys lead to sultans’ residences with thick stone walls and intricately carved doors. The city is spectacular at sunset as hundreds of dhows set sail for the night, their billowing white sails tinged pink by the sun.

Kirk’s red colobus, Jozani forest

Freckled hawkfish amongst the coral

Bwejuu Beach, Zanzibar Island

Women on the beach, Zanzibar Island

Local market, Stone Town

Breezes Beach Club & Spa, Bwejuu, Zanzibar Island

Baraza, Bwejuu, Zanzibar Island

This hotel sits on one of Zanzibar’s finest beaches and offers excellent facilities as well as a host of water sports. Elaborately carved woodwork and intricate lanterns give the communal areas of the hotel an Arabian charm while the 70 rooms are more contemporary, yet still retain local character in the hand-woven cotton throws, teak furniture and Zanzibari carvings. The hotel offers a choice of excellent quality restaurants and a spa featuring a wide variety of treatments as well as specialised massage techniques. Wander through the mature tropical gardens to relax by the beautiful pool or venture as far as the beach to dive, windsurf or kitesurf.

Part of the same family as Breezes and The Palms, Baraza is a unique boutique resort built in a distinctive Swahili style. The charming interiors show strong Arabic and Indian influences with a characterful combination of sweeping arches, beautiful antiques and handmade furniture. With just 30 villas, the resort manages to retain a tranquil, intimate atmosphere yet is large enough to have some of the energy of a larger property. The villas are extremely spacious and stylish and come with shady terraces, sunloungers and private plunge pools. You’ll also be able to enjoy a swimming pool, spa and watersports, as well as a range of local trips. Alternatively, you might want to sit back with a good book on the daybed outside your room.

Breezes Beach Club & Spa, Bwejuu

Pool at The Palms, Bwejuu

The Palms, Bwejuu, Zanzibar Island Set in manicured gardens on a long white sandy beach, The Palms is an intimate boutique hotel offering some of the most luxurious accommodation on Zanzibar. With just six villas you can expect highly personalised service and great attention to detail. The villas are extremely spacious and stylishly designed, and have their own veranda with a four-poster Zanzibari day bed and sunken plunge pool. A short distance away on the beach your private thatched banda and its comfortable loungers await. The Plantation House restaurant serves up superb Swahili and international cuisine, while the spice inspired bar is perfect for relaxing with a sundowner. Guests can use the extensive facilities at Breezes next door if you can drag yourself away.

Reception at Baraza, Bwejuu

www.audleytravel.com/tanzania • 01993 838 545 • Tanzania

Traditional dhow, Zanzibar Island

Pongwe Beach Hotel, Pongwe, Zanzibar Island

Unguja Lodge, Kizimkazi

Unguja Lodge, Kizimkazi, Zanzibar Island A charming, rustic hotel that blends African and European design, the boutique Unguja Lodge has 12 villas set amongst baobabs and mango trees in Kizimkazi on the southern tip of Zanzibar. The villas are built in a traditional manner but are contemporary in style with high makuti (palm thatch) roofs, curving coral and lime walls and coconut wood fittings. Three of the villas have private plunge pools while the two spacious ‘family houses’ have three separate bedrooms. The restaurant here is superb and serves original dishes reflecting the complex influences on the island, and throughout you’ll find the service impeccable. The hotel sits just 50 metres from the small beach in pretty gardens where black tailed monkeys can frequently be seen. You can relax by the pool, dive and surf or venture further afield on island-hopping or guided village tours. 26

A low-key, laid-back place perfect for a few days by the sea, Pongwe Beach Hotel has 20 tranquil cottages, set either by the white-sand beach or in the gardens. Simple but stylish, the cottages all have private verandas, and the sea view suites have their own plunge pools. Nearby, an alluring infinity pool overlooks the dazzling beach and turquoise Indian Ocean. Freshly caught seafood features highly on the innovative menu in the restaurant and the friendly staff can advise on how best to spend your time if you can drag yourself away from the pool or beach. Options include snorkelling and kayaking, taking the hotel’s dhow out for fishing trips, or exploring the forests by mountain bike.

Pongwe Beach Hotel, Pongwe

The Residence Zanzibar, Pongwe

The Residence Zanzibar, Pongwe, Zanzibar Island A luxurious 66 villa resort in the southwest of the island, The Residence Zanzibar is set on a sweeping beach. The beautiful villas are spread out across the lush gardens, and are decorated in an uncluttered contemporary style with simple but stylish furnishings, free-standing baths and their own private pool and sunbathing area. Dining is excellent here, with two restaurants serving a mix of Mediterranean and Middle Eastern food. In the heart of the property there is an incredible infinity pool that stretches out towards the Indian Ocean, but if you feel like doing more than lounging around you can make use of the free bikes or pedal boats, hit a few balls at the floodlit tennis courts or enjoy a bit of pampering at the spa.

Stone Town, Zanzibar Island

The historic High Court building, Stone Town

Stone Town, Zanzibar Island The historic part of Zanzibar’s capital is intoxicating. Heavily laden dhows sail in and out of port, people crowd the winding streets lined with tiny shops and a maze of alleyways links the tall houses and palaces whose intricately carved wooden doors have brass studs and heavy locks. It’s a busy and often chaotic place, with the hustle and bustle of the early morning markets giving the streets a palpable energy. Hessian sacks overflow with black pepper, turmeric, cinnamon and vanilla and traders sell everything from fresh ginger to huge fish. There is no room for cars in these streets, so exploring is done on foot and as you wander from markets to museums you’ll get a sense of Zanzibar’s complex and rich history and the influence it has left on the island’s culture. As the sun sets, make your way to Forodhani Gardens where street vendors light fires and braziers on which they grill squid, octopus and lobster – perfect for a pre-dinner snack.

The Seyyida Hotel & Spa, Stone Town

Kisiwa House, Stone Town

Kisiwa House, Stone Town Minimal yet exotic, Kisiwa House is a stylish boutique hotel that makes a perfect retreat from the busy alleys of Stone Town. This traditional Zanzibari town house of dark woods and white walls has 11 bright and airy rooms featuring high ceilings, contemporary decor and a beautiful collection of antiques which give the hotel a real sense of history. Kisiwa House offers all the modern facilities you’d expect, including a beautiful rooftop restaurant where you can enjoy fresh lobster while watching the sun set over the roofs of Stone Town with the Indian Ocean beyond. You can spend your days exploring the historic streets or opt for a day trip to some of the glorious beaches around the island.

The Seyyida Hotel & Spa, Stone Town

Fish skewers at the night market, Stone Town

Zanzibar Serena Hotel, Stone Town This historic property has a superb location in the Shangani area of Stone Town and occupies two buildings, one built by the British in the early 20th century, and the other, much older, next door in what was originally known as the Chinese Doctor’s Residence. The interior reflects this strong heritage and features large studded doors, marble floors, intricately carved staircases and Arabic arches. By comparison the 51 rooms are more international in style, and many have spectacular sea views. There’s an oceanfront pool to enjoy a dip in after a busy day exploring and a beautiful terrace with a restaurant, bar and coffee shop where you can sit, taking in the views of dhows sailing past the hotel as the sun sets over the ocean.

This elegant 18 room boutique hotel in the heart of Stone Town, enjoys an enviable location next to the former sultan’s palace and is just a short walk from the busy seafront and the city’s most historic buildings. The comfortable rooms open out from the indoor gardens and feature carved furniture and bright fabrics. The hotel offers all the facilities needed for a relaxing stay including a spa where you can unwind. The highlight though, is the breathtaking rooftop terrace, a glorious place to sip a drink or dine on fresh seafood and enjoy the stunning panoramic views. Zanzibar Serena Hotel, Stone Town

www.audleytravel.com/tanzania • 01993 838 545 • Tanzania

Beach at Fundu Lagoon, Pemba Island

Fundu Lagoon, Pemba Island

Local boat off Pemba Island

Pemba Island Sitting northeast of Zanzibar, Pemba is a quiet and undeveloped island with a gently hilly landscape. A more fertile place than its larger neighbour, the early Arab sailors called it El Huthera, meaning ‘the green’. Farming and fishing villages abound and at harvest time great swathes of cloves lie drying in the sun and fill the air with their scent. The fields here are dotted with women in bright kangas attending to their crops while wooden dhows glide gently over the turquoise seas. Pemba has few lodges and nearly all of the beaches are deserted. Offshore, the white sand coral islands provide a safe haven for nesting turtles, and the deep Pemba Channel, with its rich coral reefs, offers some of the best diving in East Africa.

One of East Africa’s most stylish hotels, Fundu Lagoon is situated above a long sandy beach with a wooden pier and sunset bar stretching over the water. The 18 designer tents have makuti roofs and are set on wooden decks either on the beachfront or on the hillside. The well-equipped rooms feature local woods and white linen while the large and airy main area, with its high thatched roof and sea views, offers a beautiful space to relax. Meals are served in the dining area, at the pool bar or at the jetty bar. There’s an infinity swimming pool on the hillside with spectacular views over the coast and nearby is a pool bar and a spa. There is also a fully equipped PADI dive centre at the hotel. Fundu Lagoon is the epitome of a relaxed resort, its remote and peaceful location giving it a distinct Robinson Crusoe air.

Fundu Lagoon, Pemba Island

Underwater room, Manta Resort, Pemba Island

Manta Resort, Pemba Island A 20 bedroom hotel on the northern tip of Pemba Island, tranquil Manta Resort is built around a large pool and pretty gardens boasting sweeping views of the Pemba Channel. The bright rooms have king size beds with white linen and colourful throws, en suite bathrooms, either air-conditioning or fans, and a terrace to relax on. The hotel also features an incredible underwater room on a private floating deck with the bedroom four metres below the surface, and two upper decks on which to dine and relax. At the main lodge you’ll find a spa, lovely pool area and beach bar where you can sip a cocktail as the sun sets over the water.

Butiama Beach, Mafia Island

Fanjove Private Island, Songo Songo Archipelago

Dhow off Mafia Island

Mafia Archipelago A beautiful archipelago of tiny jewels resting in an azure sea, the Mafia Islands are a 40 minute flight from Dar es Salaam. Covered in coconut palms, thick grasslands and giant baobab trees, the islands are dotted with small villages. Fishermen sit on the white-sand beaches mending nets or making coconut coir rope. Mangroves flank the beaches and out to sea unspoiled reefs surround the islands, rich in soft corals, sea anemones and sponges. Potato groupers, hump-headed parrotfish and giant batfish are just some of the marine life you might see while snorkelling, and turtles, rays and dolphins are never far away.

Butiama Beach, Mafia Island A charming, small hotel on the west coast of Mafia, Butiama Beach is an intimate resort that

Butiama Beach, Mafia Island

Kayaking, Fanjove Private Island

epitomises the languid charm of this tropical island. The rooms at Butiama are bright and crisp, with white linens and vibrant fabrics on the large, netted beds. Each has an en suite bathroom and a decking area to relax on and sip a coffee with a view of the sea. Overlooking the beach you’ll find the bar, circular in shape with lots of small barazas making it a very sociable place. The restaurant offers some great dishes, mostly revolving around the catch of the day. Days are spent relaxing by the beautiful pool, swimming in the sea at high tide or enjoying the excellent snorkelling and diving and the possibility of whale sharks between October and March.

Pole Pole Bungalows, Mafia Island There’s a laid back charm and unhurried pace of life at Pole Pole, which itself means slowly in Swahili. Seven bungalows stand on stilts on a small hill, shaded by palms and overlooking white sand and turquoise seas. Inside, they are spacious with large beds, muslin nets, antique furniture and bathrooms with brass fittings. Each has a large veranda with comfortable chairs and a carved Zanzibari bed ideal for an afternoon snooze. Above the beach, the dining area is open-sided and serves excellent food. The hotel also has a good-sized pool and a small spa, although being in the heart of the marine park, picnics on sandbanks, snorkelling, swimming and diving may tempt you away.

Fanjove Private Island, Songo Songo Archipelago The privately owned Fanjove Island in the Songo Songo Archipelago is home to a glorious lodge. There are just six A-frame thatched bandas here, spread along the sandy shore, each with an uninterrupted view of the ocean. Simple and rustic in their design, each banda has wooden floors and comfortable armchairs. Wooden steps lead upstairs to a daybed area, ideal for a languid afternoon of relaxing. The whole lodge has been designed to minimise the impact on the island, so solar power is used throughout the property and buildings make the most of natural materials. There is an open-air restaurant and lounge area set under a large airy thatched roof, where fusion cuisine is served to reflect the multicultural heritage of the islands. Activities from the lodge include snorkelling, diving and sailing in traditional dhows.

Pole Pole Bungalows, Mafia Island

www.audleytravel.com/tanzania • 01993 838 545 • Tanzania

Lake Victoria kenya Serengeti National Park Arusha Ngorongoro Highlands

Lake Manyara

Kilimanjaro Airport

tanzania

Classic Northern Tanzania This trip is an exploration of Tanzania’s most famous parks. It is ideal for a first-time visitor to Africa as it encompasses dramatic landscapes, prolific wildlife and a variety of different activities. Each place has different scenery to enjoy and the wildlife found also varies. En route you’ll have the chance to stop off at local towns, barter in markets and see traditional Maasai villages.

Zebra, Ruaha National Park

Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Tanzania specialists to start planning your itinerary.

T 01993 838 545

Secretary bird, Serengeti National Park

Getting around

When to go

Tanzania’s safari areas can be divided into the northern, southern and western circuits. The northern circuit comprises the Serengeti, Tarangire and Lake Manyara National Parks and the Ngorongoro Conservation Area. A typical way to explore is with a guide who drives you from one to another in a 4x4. A one week itinerary might explore Lake Manyara, then the Ngorongoro Crater and end in the Serengeti. The southern circuit is made up of Selous Game Reserve and Ruaha National Park, best combined by flying between the two. Flights go from both parks to Zanzibar and the Mafia Islands, making it easy to combine the south with the coast. The western circuit includes Katavi National Park and the Mahale Mountains National Park. They are a long way from anywhere so access is always by light aircraft.

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

5 Travel is not recommended.

Tanzania has a pleasant tropical climate. As it is near the Equator there is little temperature fluctuation between summer and winter, with temperatures ranging from about 25C to 30C (77F to 86F) all year round. There are regional variations, however, with the coastal belt being hotter and more humid and inland areas drier and cooler, while the mountains can be chilly at night. Tanzania has two rainy seasons, the lighter ‘short rains’ in November and December and the heavier ‘long rains’ from February to May when it rains every day and can be hot and humid. The heaviest downpours occur in April and May and many lodges close during this time.

Day 1

Fly to Tanzania.

Day 2

Arrive in Tanzania at Kilimanjaro Airport. Meet your guide and drive to Arusha.

Day 3

Guided drive to Lake Manyara National Park for a full day game viewing. In the evening drive to your hotel in the Ngorongoro Highlands.

Day 4

Full day’s game viewing trip to the Ngorongoro Crater.

Days 5-7

Drive to the Serengeti National Park. Explore the Serengeti on game drives.

Day 8

Leave the Serengeti this morning and fly to Arusha. Relax at your hotel before connecting to your international flight.

Stay longer Instead of ending your trip on the mainland, fly to the Mafia Islands, where the snorkelling and diving is some of the best on the East African coast. You can immerse yourself in village life, meeting the residents or watching the local dhow builders at work. At night, look across Chole Bay to where fuzzy faced fruit bats leave their roost on Chole Island to feed on the fruit trees of Mafia.

Time difference: GMT+3 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Tanzania on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans. Lion, Serengeti National Park

Serval, Serengeti National Park

Suggested itineraries uganda

Lake Victoria

tanzania Zanzibar Island

Zanzibar Island

Mafia Archipelago

zambia

Tanzania Safari & Beach

Tanzania’s Spice Islands

This classic combination brings together the excitement of spotting big game with lazing on a tropical beach, but with minimal travel. The wilderness of the Selous Game Reserve contrasts well with the swaying palms of Zanzibar, making this a memorable and relaxing trip perfect for a special occasion.

Get a taste of laid-back island life, beaches, warm seas and historic towns on this adventure to Tanzania’s Indian Ocean islands. With a balanced mix of activity and island-hopping, this trip is ideal for those that want to experience culture combined with relaxation.

Fly overnight to the Selous Game Reserve in Tanzania.

Days 2-5

Arrive in the Selous Game Reserve. Explore the Selous on game drives, walking safaris and boat trips.

Days 6-10 Fly to Zanzibar. Swim, snorkel and relax beside the pool, or on the beach. Explore the ancient alleys in Stone Town and enjoy seafood caught fresh from the Indian Ocean. Day 11

Head to the airport for your international flight.

Stay longer If you would like to extend your trip, one of the easiest ways to do so is by adding three nights in the Ruaha National Park at the start or midway through. Ruaha is a good contrast to Selous as it is largely a dry reserve with big buffalo herds and particularly large lion prides. During the dry season you’ll find the game congregating by the Ruaha River, making drives along the river banks particularly exciting.

Zanzibar beach

Zanzibar Island

Katavi National Park Lake Tanganyika tanzania

Selous Game Reserve

Day 1

Arusha Mahale Mountains National Park

Dar es Salaam

tanzania

kenya

Day 1

Fly to Mafia Island via Dar es Salaam.

Days 2-4

Arrive on Mafia Island where you can spend the days snorkelling and enjoying the warm sun.

Days 5-6

Catch a boat to Chole Island where you can stay in a tree house. Underwater activities are the main focus, or relax with a book and a cool drink.

Days 7-11 Take a boat and plane to Zanzibar before transferring to your beach hotel. The days can be as active or lazy as you like, with the pretty beaches being very difficult to leave. Days 12-13 Say goodbye to the beach and hit the markets of Stone Town. This is a great chance to pick up some presents for those back home and enjoy some Swahili food. Day 14

Head to the airport to connect with your international flight.

Stay longer One way to extend this itinerary would be to add three nights at a beautiful beach lodge on the Tanzanian mainland at the beginning of the trip. Ras Kutani is a 20 minute flight south of Dar es Salaam and is the ideal place in which to relax after an international flight. The lodge has beautiful rooms with ocean views and a long sandy beach. Cuisine is excellent at Ras Kutani, with an emphasis on seafood.

Vegetable market, Stone Town

Chimpanzees of Western Tanzania Head west to the wildest side of Tanzania, where you can explore spectacular scenery in little visited national parks and encounter crocodiles, hippo and chimpanzees. Perfect for travellers who are comfortable visiting a remote part of Africa and are keen to get far off the beaten track, this is an adventurous, exciting and varied trip. Day 1

Fly to Tanzania.

Day 2

Spend a night in Arusha.

Days 3-5

Fly to Katavi National Park. Explore Katavi on game drives and walking safaris to observe the huge numbers of hippo and lurking crocodiles.

Days 6-9

Fly to Mahale Mountains Airstrip and take a boat to the shores of Lake Tanganyika. Track chimpanzees in the Mahale Mountains then explore the fascinating underwater world of Lake Tanganyika with its colourful cichlid fish.

Days 10-13 Fly to Zanzibar. Swim, snorkel and relax beside the pool or on the beach. Day 14

Head to the airport for your international flight.

Stay longer Before flying to the west of Tanzania, enjoy some time on safari in the Serengeti. From December to May thousands of wildebeest converge on the southern plains of the park to breed and calve, before starting the Great Migration north to the Masai Mara. Watch this spectacular sight from a mobile tented camp placed in the heart of the migration. The Serengeti provides a real contrast to both parks in the west and makes an ideal addition to this trip.

Chimpanzee, Mahale Mountains

www.audleytravel.com/tanzania • 01993 838 545 • Tanzania

Kenya F

amiliar yet exotic, Kenya has long been the public face of Africa. The setting for countless epic wildlife documentaries and home to the Masai Mara and the classic image of lion stalking wildebeest on grassy plains, Kenya has many far less well-known attractions and offers visitors a chance to discover a landscape as diverse as its wildlife. Along with the Big Five, Kenya is home to many endangered species that have a stronghold on the remote Laikipia Plateau, while the harsh desert environment and baked earth of the Samburu National Reserve offers rewarding game viewing in a wild and little-visited part of the country. Elsewhere, steamy equatorial beaches give way to high altitude plains, and ancient mountain ranges tower over salt lakes awash with pink flamingos, while Mount Kenya, the country’s highest point at over 5,000 metres, is one of the few places snow is found on the Equator. Kenya’s fascinating culture is another facet of this complex country and the various tribes are confident, friendly and fiercely proud of their country.

Audley in Kenya Kenya has been a popular safari destination for many years and the infrastructure is well developed. Consequently there are some busy areas but with expert advice and insider knowledge they are easily avoided. With our years of experience in Kenya, personal friendships with lodge owners and love of the wilderness, we’ve made it our goal to seek out some of the country’s most remote camps and charming beach lodges. Even the most distant areas are accessible using light aircraft, making exploring the less travelled parts of the country possible. In each lodge or camp a professional safari guide will introduce you to the wildlife of the area, showing you the sights, sounds and smells of the bush.

ETHIOPIA Lake Turkana

Marsabit National Park South Turkana National Park

UGANDA

KENYA

Mathews Mountains

4 Laikipia Plateau

Mount Kenya

Nanyuki

Masai Mara National 1 Reserve Mara Serengeti National Park

3 Lake Naivasha

so Ewa

Meru National Park

NAIROBI Lake Magadi

Lake Natron

Chyulu National Park Amboseli National Park

TANZANIA

Lamu

Tsavo East National Park

Tsavo West National Park

Manda Island

Lamu Island

Oc ea n

Lake Victoria

Lake Nakuru

g ’i ro

Samburu National Reserve

Watamu

1 Masai Mara

Mombasa

National Reserve One of Africa’s most famous reserves, with large numbers of leopard, lion and cheetah. See pages 34-36 2 Samburu

National Reserve Home to some of Kenya’s rarer species including Grevy’s zebra, beisa oryx, reticulated giraffe and gerenuk. See page 41

Elephant, Masai Mara

80 kilometres

Ind ian

Kenya has some of the most varied accommodation options in Africa allowing you the choice of everything from deluxe lodges with every comfort, to mobile camps where the emphasis is on an authentic safari experience and Robinson Crusoe style hideaways on the beach. The country is famed for its stunning scenery and each lodge or camp makes the most of its location whether overlooking busy waterholes or the Indian Ocean. Creature comforts are not ignored, and even the simplest camp will make sure you can enjoy the wilderness without roughing it too much.

50 miles

a Tan

Accommodation

3 Lakes of the Rift Valley The permanent lakes in Kenya’s Rift Valley attract thousands of flamingos and make the perfect place to relax between safaris. See page 38

Diani Beach

Funzi Island

4 Laikipia Plateau A wilderness area dotted with Samburu villages and traversed by elephant and other game, offering exciting experiences like walking, canoeing and horse riding. See pages 39-40

The Great Migration Thousands of wildebeest, zebra and gazelle cross the Mara River on their Great Migration.

5 Funzi Island A tiny island tucked in the mangroves with a marine park close by which is great for diving. See page 42 Mara River, Masai Mara

www.audleytravel.com/kenya • 01993 838 510 • Kenya

Cheetah, Masai Mara

well apart from each other for privacy and are elegantly but simply furnished with crisp white linens and a neutral colour scheme. A deck with comfortable chairs and a hammock lies outside each tent, while the communal lounge area offers a central space to relax with other guests. Meals are eaten under the stars if possible, but there is a dining tent should the weather not cooperate. Game drives in open safari vehicles and walks are the main activities but you can also visit the local villages.

Masai Mara National Reserve One of Africaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s best known wildlife areas, the fertile grasslands of the vast Masai Mara National Reserve and neighbouring private conservancies link with the Serengeti and play host to the Great Migration. They are a rich feeding ground for millions of wildebeest and thousands of zebra, gazelle, eland and impala. Elephant stroll across the savannah, trunks curling to sniff the wind, large prides of lion stalk grazing herds, and hyena trot purposefully, their grins hiding a steely resolve. You will see male topi standing on termite mounds keeping a watchful eye for predators, pods of hippo grunting and snorting in the rivers, and by night, leopard stalking their prey in the silvery light while the shrieks of startled baboons echo through the camps.

Kicheche Mara Camp, Mara North Conservancy Set in a prime spot along a stream with views of vast savannah grasslands, Kicheche Mara Camp is in the Mara North Conservancy. The camp itself is classically styled with eight comfortable tents set in the shade of acacia trees overlooking the valley. Simple but refined, they feature handmade furniture and en suite bathrooms with hot showers. There is a small dining tent, although meals are often eaten outside underneath the trees. Finally, a small living room has deep chairs and sofas and interesting 34

Karen Blixen Camp, Mara North Conservancy Kicheche Mara Camp, Mara North Conservancy

reference books making it a great place to relax in the evening. Along with the excellently guided game drives, it is also possible to enjoy walking safaris and visits to the local Maasai village and school.

Kicheche Bush Camp, Olare Motorogi Conservancy Few visitors make it to the north of the Masai Mara where large numbers of game inhabit what is one of the quietest and most remote areas of the park. Alongside is the Olare Motorogi Conservancy and Kicheche Bush Camp where just six traditional safari tents offer visitors a comfortable base while enjoying the excellent safari experience. The tents here are spaced

Situated on a bend of the Mara River with waterfront views, this place has one of the prettiest locations of any of the Masai Mara camps. A resident pod of hippo blow, scuffle and snort in the river, impala graze the nearby grasslands and elephant are regular visitors to the opposite banks. There are 22 luxury tents set along the riverfront, all with views over the river and Oloololo Escarpment beyond. The tents themselves are very comfortable, with polished wooden floors, warm rugs and large armchairs. This is an ideal option for first-time safari-goers, with all of the adventure and romance of sleeping under canvas but a few creature comforts too. There is also a pool for a dip on hot afternoons. As well as game drives and walks, you can visit the local school and village, and haggle at the market.

Topi on a termite mound, Masai Mara

Karen Blixen Camp, Mara North Conservancy

Blue wildebeest, Masai Mara

Governors’ Camp, Masai Mara National Reserve

Little Governors’ Camp, Masai Mara National Reserve

Red-headed rock agama, Masai Mara

Governors’ Camp, Masai Mara National Reserve

Little Governors’ Camp, Masai Mara National Reserve

Governors’ Private Camp, Masai Mara National Reserve

Governors’ was one of the first safari camps in the Masai Mara and had the pick of the locations, so it’s no surprise to find it in an idyllic spot. Main Governors’ as it is sometimes called, first opened in 1972 on the site of Teddy Roosevelt’s Mara Camp. It is now one of the best known camps in the Mara, and indeed in Kenya. Although Governors’ is one of the larger camps in the Mara, you never really see more than a few tents at a time. The 37 luxurious tents each come with their own veranda and are sited along the high banks of the looping Mara River, with views over the river or the vast plains of the Mara. Three game drives are included per day, and with so much experience, Governors’ guides are some of the best in Kenya.

Little Governors’ has 17 comfortable tents set on the edge of a natural wetland. For birders and wildlife lovers the camp is paradise. Animals flood in from the surrounding area to take advantage of the water and tiny malachite kingfishers hover on the reeds around the waterhole. Elephant are regular visitors to camp and it’s not unusual for meals to be delayed while they pass through. Activities from Little Governors’ focus on game drives, but it’s also the base for early morning hot air balloon flights. Taking off at dawn and floating above the plains with the animals far below is an unforgettable experience.

The jewel in the Governors’ Camp crown is the exclusive Governors’ Private Camp. It can accommodate up to 16 people, so has a private feel and can be booked in its entirety. Personal attention is the hallmark of a stay here with the manager-host on hand to see to all your requests. The tents are kitted out in traditional but luxurious safari style and evoke a sense of times past with handmade furniture and large comfortable beds. You’ll find fine china and crystal gracing the table in the dining tent, where divine food is served; you can even tailor your own menus with the chef. Guests also benefit from the very best guides and trackers, whose knowledge of the park is unsurpassed.

Il Moran Camp, Masai Mara National Reserve For one of the most luxurious options in the Mara you can’t do much better than Il Moran. Set along the banks of the Mara River in the shade of the forest, the ten large and comfortable tents are made of sand-coloured canvas and feature king size beds hand-carved from fallen olive trees, traditional roll-top baths and numerous lanterns. Game viewing in the area is spectacular, and game drives are a pleasure with experienced guides on hand to help you find what you want to see. Dining is a highlight here, featuring multiple delicious courses.

Il Moran Camp, Masai Mara National Reserve

Governors’ Private Camp, Masai Mara National Reserve

www.audleytravel.com/kenya • 01993 838 510 • Kenya

Ballooning over the Mara A hot air balloon safari is a wonderful way to see the Mara and floating above the plains gives you a totally different perspective on the area. You can see birds roosting in the treetops, giraffe hiding under the forest canopy and the backs of hippo pods and crocodiles in the rivers. Flights depart at first light and as the balloon rises you see the mist over the plains and light spreading over the vast grasslands. Dawn in the Mara is one of the most beautiful sights in Africa, and the image is sure to stay with you long after your trip.

Hot air balloons, Masai Mara

Viewing the wildlife from a balloon

The flight You will be woken before dawn (usually around 4am) and taken from your camp to the hot air ballooning starting point at Little Governors’ Camp. On arrival at the site you can enjoy a cup of coffee and watch the balloons inflating. When they are ready you climb into the basket and your pilot will give you a short briefing. Then, as the sun rises, so does your balloon. Your pilot will point out the game below and

there are ample opportunities for photography. After about an hour you will land on the plains, possibly with a bump and certainly ready for breakfast. Breakfast On landing, breakfast will be set up. You can enjoy a glass of bubbly whilst the table is laid and sausages are cooked for you, before eating in the middle of the bush.

Alex Walker’s Serian, Mara North Conservancy The beautiful Mara North Conservancy is the setting for tranquil Serian, which occupies a great spot in a secluded valley flanking the Mara River. The five tents are raised up on wooden platforms and sit in the shade of large trees. Stylishly furnished, the tents are comfortable and elegant with cast iron beds and Persian rugs. Each tent has an adjoining thatched bathroom area a few paces away. The main dining area has an indoor fireplace and enjoys an expansive view of the Mara River and the Oloololo Escarpment, while the deck is a great place to enjoy a sundowner and watch the hippos in the river below. Game drives here are in private vehicles for your exclusive use. Hippo, Mara River

Lion, Masai Mara

Alex Walker’s Serian, Mara North Conservancy

Naibor, Masai Mara National Reserve

Naibor, Masai Mara National Reserve The banks of the Talek River are home to numerous grunting and wheezing hippo and provide a wonderful view for visitors to Naibor, a small camp of seven tents. Contemporary in style but with plenty of local character, the tents are cool and spacious and feature hand-carved fig wood beds, wool rugs and shady verandas. The three course dinners are romantically lit by lanterns and accompanied by a good wine selection. Activities from Naibor include morning and afternoon game drives guided by the local Maasai. The lodge donates 200 litres of fuel per month to the Black Rhino Protection Unit.

Carrying water

Local family

A warm welcome at the local school

Bogani Lodge and Tented Camp Cultural immersion and community development are at the heart of a stay at Bogani Lodge and Tented Camp to the north of the Masai Mara. Unlike any of Kenya’s other camps, Bogani offers the opportunity to join in with village activities, learn about local customs and traditions, and at the same time contribute to the long-term efforts to make villages self-sufficient by improving education and breaking poverty cycles. There are five large family cottages and 18 safari tents at Bogani, all surrounded by open countryside. The cottages are bright and spacious with chic decor but plenty of local character. Exposed stone walls, large fireplaces and local fabrics adorn the living room, while the bedrooms feature oversized twin or double beds and an en suite bathroom. The cottages are all different, each accommodating from two to nine people in up to four separate bedrooms. The camp’s traditional safari tents are spread over a large area and offer a good degree of privacy despite the canvas walls. Furnished in a classic Kenyan safari-style with simple local fabrics and furnishings, they have stone flooring and fully screened doors and windows. Each has comfortable twin or

double beds, plenty of storage space, standing fans, electrical sockets and a safe. All tents are en suite, with hot running water, basins and flush toilets, and each has its own private veranda with comfortable chairs.

than simply observing their way of life. This incredibly rewarding experience takes many forms from collecting water to visiting local schools and learning how to bead with local women.

Meals at Bogani are communal self-service buffets or set menus, freshly prepared by expert chefs from locally sourced food.

These simple cultural activities offer an authentic opportunity to interact and learn in order to truly understand the joys and challenges of life in rural Kenya. Generally more a social experience than hands-on volunteering, guests also have the option to take part in community projects if they wish.

Bogani is operated by Me to We, the social business arm of the development charity Free the Children. Local people are employed in the running of the accommodation and experiences for visitors. The projects you see and are involved in are supported by Free the Children. Their development model aims to break the cycle of acute poverty and make communities self-sufficient by increasing education levels, improving access to clean water and sanitation, improving crop diversity and reliability, and providing access to basic healthcare. Me to We’s profits are reinvested in Free the Children projects around the world. What to expect at Bogani On arrival at Bogani guests are assigned to a group of around 20 people and during your stay you will share activities and dine together. At quieter times of the year groups are often smaller. Large overland vehicles will take you out into the local community where group leaders will introduce you to villagers and whatever projects are being undertaken at the time. Every day is different here but the in-depth nature of the experience means that you will be fully immersed in local life, learning about customs and traditions from villagers and engaging with the community rather

Cottage, Bogani Lodge and Tented Camp

Whether you opt to help lay bricks for a local school, spend your time playing games with the children, visiting local Kipsigi homesteads, or learning about traditional weaponry with Maasai warriors, you will see vivid evidence of how these community projects are changing lives and offering long-term solutions to the people of the region. In the evenings, volunteers or village elders tell stories, or sometimes local choirs come to perform before dinner. Each group also has its own communal seating area where you can share stories around the camp fire under the stars.

School children performing a traditional dance

www.audleytravel.com/kenya • 01993 838 510 • Kenya

Flamingos, Lake Nakuru

Lakes of the Rift Valley Lake Naivasha’s shores are surrounded by flower farms, old colonial properties, and small villages of clay and thatch houses. It is an ideal place to relax for a few days with wildlife grazing by the shores and beautiful birdlife including fish eagles, ospreys, lily-trotters and black crakes. A few miles further north is Lake Nakuru, the setting for a spectacle of immense beauty; the lake’s surface shimmers pink as hundreds of thousands of flamingos dabble in its salty water. A game reserve has been created around the lake where black rhino are protected and can be seen along with many antelope, giraffe, lion and hyena. Our favourite lake however, is the diminutive Lake Elementeita which is surrounded by striking volcanic scenery. The lakes are easily accessible from the Mara, making them a wonderful place to relax after your safari.

View from Loldia House, Lake Naivasha

Sleeping Warrior Lodge, Lake Elementeita

The extinct Sleeping Warrior, Sleeping Warrior Lodge

Loldia House, Lake Naivasha A few days at Loldia is the perfect way to start or end any safari. The house retains the colonial feel of its original occupants, early settlers who travelled all the way from South Africa by ox-cart. Life here continues in many ways as they lived it, with drinks in the drawing room before dinner and afternoon tea served on the lawns overlooking the water. The views over Lake Naivasha towards Mount Longonot are worth the trip alone. The nine restful rooms retain a period charm, the grounds are well cared for and you can often spot animals just outside the fence. Loldia makes an excellent base for exploring Lake Nakuru National Park, taking gentle game walks and visiting the nearby farm and school.

If you’re looking for a lodge with spectacular views, then Sleeping Warrior is a perfect choice. The warrior in question is an extinct volcanic crater that rises up dramatically from the plains surrounding Lake Elementeita. The lodge has an elevated position with panoramic views out over the crater which can be enjoyed from your private deck or the heated infinity pool. The ten traditionally thatched cottages are enormous with high ceilings, net-draped beds, furniture made from recycled cedar posts and individual colour schemes. In the main lodge you can relax with a drink by the fire in the bar or over a three course dinner in the dining room. During the day you can head out to walk along the Lake Elementeita shoreline in search of flamingos, go on game drives, or if you're feeling less active, simply enjoy a massage.

View from Sleeping Warrior Lodge, Lake Elementeita

Lion family, Laikipia Plateau

Wild dog, Laikipia Plateau

Lounge at Kicheche Laikipia, Ol Pejeta Conservancy

Lewa Safari Camp, Lewa Wildlife Conservancy

Game drive from Lewa Safari Camp

Laikipia Plateau

the animals, and will position vehicles so you can get good photographs. At the end of a rewarding day in the bush, there are six luxurious safari tents to return to. The tents feature carefully chosen soft furnishings which give them a real sense of style and thoughtful touches such as hot water bottles for your bed. In the evenings a campfire is lit in front of the mess, and guests recount the day’s adventures over a drink or two before a delicious dinner.

Lewa Wilderness, Lewa Wildlife Conservancy

Stretching over a vast area from the foothills of Mount Kenya to the shores of Lake Baringo, the Laikipia Plateau is one of Kenya’s lesser-known wildlife areas yet it harbours more endangered species than anywhere else in East Africa. This is the place to see Grevy’s zebra, sitatunga, Jackson’s hartebeest and wild dog. Many northern species are also found, including reticulated giraffe, Somali ostriches, beisa oryx and gerenuk. There are large herds of elephant, thriving lion, leopard and cheetah populations, and numerous impala and gazelle. It is ideal for those looking to relax in total wilderness, and a place where extraordinary sights and activities become commonplace. You might track elephant on foot, see the sunrise illuminate the snows of Mount Kenya or watch the sun set from the top of a kopje.

Kicheche Laikipia, Ol Pejeta Conservancy This area of Kenya is one of the few parts where all of the Big Five can be seen in one place and the excellent guiding team at Kicheche Laikipia are on hand to help you spot most, if not all of them. Day and night game drives take visitors across the conservancy, and for the adventurous, there’s also the chance of an early morning walk. The guides here are dedicated wildlife enthusiasts who understand

Lewa Safari Camp, Lewa Wildlife Conservancy From its position in the remote northwest of the Lewa Wildlife Conservancy you can explore the rolling plains on the trail of Grevy’s zebra and beisa oryx, and the attendant predators that hunt them. The 13 spacious tents are bright and welcoming with pale walls and linens, elegant decor, large en suite bathrooms and private verandas. There is also a small pool to cool off in after a morning’s game viewing. The scenery here is a big draw, with the chance to take photographs of reticulated giraffe being dwarfed by the backdrop of 5,000 metre Mount Kenya. Activities include game drives, guided walks and even horse riding for experienced riders.

This unique lodge has a real sense of history as it was the first private ranch in Kenya to start hosting visitors. The erstwhile cattle farm is now an extremely comfortable place, with a solid and homely main lodge and ten cottages dotted around the grounds. Chic yet rustic, the cottages sit in well-tended gardens blanketed in colourful bougainvillea which attracts a host of exotic birds. Many of the dedicated staff here have been with the lodge for as long as 40 years. This place means a lot to them and it comes across in everything they do. As well as heading out on game drives in the rolling hills, the lodge offers horse riding and has a variety of mounts from gentle ponies to thoroughbreds, so you can find one right for your level. Perhaps most thrilling of all, you can take a flight in the lodge’s yellow biplane with the owner, a former crop duster.

Lewa Wilderness, Lewa Wildlife Conservancy

www.audleytravel.com/kenya • 01993 838 510 • Kenya

View to Mount Kenya, Laikipia Plateau

Ol Malo, Ol Malo Ranch This beautiful lodge maintains a perfect balance of quality and personality, offering high standards in everything it does with a genuinely homely and welcoming atmosphere. It helps that it has a magnificent location on a high hill with wide ranging views of the Laikipia Plateau. The uniquely designed lodge is constructed from rock, thatch and local woods, with hand-carved furniture, lamps made by Samburu women and innovative little design touches everywhere you go. The four huge rock and olive wood cottages show great attention to detail and have large picture windows, enormous beds and cosy chairs to relax in. The six bedrooms of the Ol Malo House, which is used for private groups, are equally appealing. Dining here is excellent and entirely flexible to fit around activities such as game drives, tubing down the river, visiting Samburu schools or mountain biking.

Ol Malo, Ol Malo Ranch

Sanctuary at Ol Lentille, Ol Lentille Conservancy

Sarara, Namunyak Wildlife Conservancy

Sarara, Namunyak Wildlife Conservancy With no other camp for nearly one million acres, you can really appreciate the seclusion you will find at Sarara. The camp overlooks the conical peaks of the Mathews Range, also known as the Lenkiyio Hills. The six safari tents are very comfortable, with large decks to sit and relax. Meals are served at flexible times to accommodate activities and include vegetables grown in the garden. You can unwind in the infinity pool which offers glorious views, and watch the animals come to drink at the waterhole. There are many things to keep you entertained, from beading with the Samburu to mountain hikes and even an exciting water slide down a mountain stream.

The Sanctuary is made up of four private houses set in the stunning surroundings of the Ol Lentille Conservancy. Each house has its own character and style ranging from contemporary minimalism to opulent Zanzibari indulgence but all feature high quality finishes and real attention to detail. Each house has been designed to make the most of the views of the conservancy, is totally self-contained and comes with a full team of household staff, a Maasai guide and a vehicle with which to explore the area. Thereâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s also a spa, swimming pool and library in the main lodge, as well as a dining room serving wonderful food, though staff are completely flexible with regards to where and when you eat. Guests can enjoy all sorts of activities such as quad biking through the conservancy, day and night game drives and river rafting.

The Eyrie, Sanctuary at Ol Lentille, Ol Lentille Conservancy

Hildebrandt’s starling, Samburu National Reserve

Samburu people dancing, Meru National Park

Reticulated giraffe, Samburu National Reserve

Saruni Samburu, Kalama Wildlife Conservancy

Elsa’s Kopje, Meru National Park

Sitting room tent, Offbeat Meru, Bisanadi

Samburu National Reserve

landscape and watch the small waterhole which is a magnet for wildlife in the dry season. The main lodge features a large lounge and dining area, and two pools overlooking the plains. There is also a spa offering massages and beauty treatments. The lodge is a great place for the more adventurous with activities including walking safaris as well as day and night game drives in Kalama Wildlife Conservancy and Samburu National Reserve.

Offbeat Meru, Bisanadi National Reserve

The Samburu National Reserve stretches stark and rugged towards the Chalbi desert. The country here is empty and wild, a place of baked brown earth and parched vegetation. The silence is intense, and at first you might think this an empty landscape. Stay for a while, however, and you will find yourself in one of Kenya’s most rewarding reserves. Running through Samburu, the Ewaso Ng’iro River is surrounded by a permanent ribbon of green, with tamarinds, doum palms and acacia providing respite from the sun. Elephant, buffalo and waterbuck frequent the woodland, impala herds graze under the trees and Grevy’s zebra, beisa oryx, reticulated giraffe and gerenuk can all be found. Lion, leopard and cheetah are never far away, while up above, martial eagles, bateleurs and pygmy falcons patrol the skies.

Saruni Samburu, Kalama Wildlife Conservancy This lodge is perched on top of a hill in the remote Kalama Wildlife Conservancy, just a few kilometres from the northern border of Samburu National Reserve. It has six spacious villas each stylishly designed with elegant decor and large bathrooms. The real highlight however, are the balconies with their sweeping views of the plains and mountain ranges beyond. Here you can sit and relax, soak up the expansive

Meru National Park Meru National Park is one of Kenya’s undiscovered gems. Aside from its fame as the home of Joy Adamson and her lioness, Elsa, immortalised in the book and film Born Free, it remains relatively unknown. With 13 rivers running through the park the game viewing is excellent, with large populations of buffalo, elephant, rhino, reticulated giraffe, Grevy’s zebra, lesser kudu and gerenuk. Prides of lion snooze beneath trees, tiny dik-dik scamper amongst the acacia thorns and bataleur eagles float on thermals in the sky. Baboons and vervet monkeys swing between the trees and the rivers are a haven for hippo and crocodiles. Despite its obvious attractions, Meru is one of Kenya’s least visited national parks and those who make it here largely have this great wilderness to themselves.

Offbeat Meru is a luxury tented camp situated just outside Meru National Park in the Bisanadi National Reserve. It enjoys a beautiful location overlooking the Bisanadi River, where six large tents offer simple but comfortable accommodation with plenty of little touches to make your stay both authentic and memorable. There is a large open-sided sitting room tent equipped with a bar, library and comfy sofas, as well as a swimming pool overlooking the river. Activities include day and night game drives, walking safaris, bush breakfasts and sundowners.

Elsa’s Kopje, Meru National Park Named after the lioness whose story was told in Born Free, Elsa’s Kopje has an imposing spot on the top of Mughwango Hill, the site of George Adamson’s first camp in Meru. There are 11 rooms, each named after a river that runs through the park. They are crafted into the rocks and, whilst slightly different in location, they are all stylish and comfortable. The main living and dining room has open sides allowing for a fresh breeze and superb views, and there’s a pool built into the rocks which is a good spot to escape the heat of the day. Morning and evening game drives explore the park and walks and fishing are also possible.

www.audleytravel.com/kenya • 01993 838 510 • Kenya

Diani Beach

Kenya’s Coast Kenya has an idyllic coastline with miles of soft white-sand beaches fringed by palm trees, aquamarine seas and small fishing villages where nets hang out to dry alongside huts tucked under cashew nut trees. In places the beaches are backed by tall dunes ideal for nesting green turtles, while offshore many marine parks protect long coral reefs. Down in the south, near the border with Tanzania, the pace of life is at its most languid. Funzi Island is an undiscovered gem of mangrove channels and sand banks, while Diani Beach has long stretches of deserted white sands and low key development. With temperatures averaging 28C (82F) and around eight hours of sunshine a day, it is easy to see why Kenya’s beaches have become so popular.

Mangroves around The Funzi Keys, Funzi Island

The Funzi Keys, Funzi Island

Funzi Island Funzi is an unspoilt island at the tip of Kenya’s south coast. Though only a 15 minute flight from the mainland, it may as well be in another world. Arriving by air, turquoise waters, slivers of white sand and dense tropical vegetation are revealed below. Dhows sail on the waves and beneath the surface, a marine park protects numerous coral reefs. There are no roads here and from the runway a wooden walkway leads through the mangroves onto the island where paths wind through the trees. With one exclusive lodge and no neighbours for miles around, this is as remote a beach destination as you’ll find anywhere.

The Funzi Keys, Funzi Island Luxurious yet low key, there is nothing ostentatious at this wonderful beach retreat yet you have every comfort imaginable. Above the sandy beach the main building has whitewashed walls and a tall makuti thatch roof sheltering a small dhow-shaped bar and comfortable lounge on the ground floor and a cool, shady dining room upstairs. Food is simply superb at Funzi and meals are prepared with ingredients from the Funzi Keys’ own farm. There are 17 extremely spacious and comfortable stone and thatch cottages featuring hand-carved king size beds, colourful fabrics and local crafts. For a swim there is a beautiful 45-metre pool, alternatively dive in the nearby Kisite-Mpunguti Marine Park or try your hand at other water sports including windsurfing and sailing.

Islanders heading for the ferry, Funzi Island

Sarongs for sale, Diani Beach

Sail boats, Diani Beach

Funzi Island

WaterLovers, Diani Beach Looking out over the white sands to the Indian Ocean beyond, this Italian owned property blends the best of Mediterranean style with local Swahili culture. The eight spacious suites feature plenty of local character with elaborately carved beds, local crafts and traditional fabrics giving them a warm, intimate atmosphere. Each cottage has a private veranda overlooking the water and there’s a turtle shaped pool at

the heart of the property. There is also a spa for treatments and massages. The restaurant serves an innovative blend of Swahili and Italian cuisine, while the beach bar is a great place to relax with a cool drink. Offshore colourful coral reefs offer fabulous snorkelling, whilst inland the beach is bordered by lush green rainforest full of colourful birds and a rare breed of colobus, an almost extinct black and white monkey, unique to this area of East Africa.

Vervet monkey, Diani Beach

Diani Beach, Kenya’s Coast Diani Beach is a justifiably popular spot on Kenya’s south coast, with a long stretch of white sand sloping gently down to the turquoise sea and palms swaying in the breeze. It has retained the languid charm of an idyllic tropical getaway. Development hasn’t completely passed the area by but the handful of hotels, private homes, shops and restaurants here are predominantly low-rise and set in large properties with mature gardens and trees. Lazy days here are spent enjoying the balmy weather, dining on fresh seafood and making the most of the warm Indian Ocean. WaterLovers, Diani Beach

www.audleytravel.com/kenya • 01993 838 510 • Kenya

Local women walking along the beach, Zanzibar

Safari & islands The Seychelles The 115 islands of the Seychelles are home to some staggeringly pretty beaches and a host of welcoming hotels. With so many islands to choose from and a variety of accommodation options, it’s easy to find something to suit you and your interests perfectly. The islands, which lie off the east coast of Africa just south of the Equator, are also a convenient staging post for millions of birds that come to nest, fish and breed in between extended periods at sea. For more details see page 134.

Nairobi is one of Africa’s main arrival and departure points, so it’s easy to combine your time on safari in Kenya with a visit to one of many tempting island destinations elsewhere. Our favourite option is the spice island of Zanzibar in Tanzania, just two hours from Nairobi, on one of several direct flights each day. The Seychelles’ white-sand beaches and granite boulders are three hours away, while a little further afield, at just over four hours’ flight time, are the chic resorts and volcanic mountains of Mauritius. There are a few direct flights each week to both the Seychelles and Mauritius.

Beach on La Digue, Seychelles

Zanzibar A fascinating melting pot of cultures, Zanzibar drew merchants from across the globe and today its vibrant Swahili culture, historical towns and brilliant white beaches are the choice of many for a bit of post safari relaxation. Stone Town’s narrow alleys are home to traders, mansions, markets and street food, providing a bit of an urban fix after time spent in the wilderness. The jungles of the interior and the coral reefs offer more opportunities to view exotic wildlife, while the charming hotels are a place to relax and soak up some sun. For more details see page 24. Street in Stone Town, Zanzibar

Mauritius The Indian Ocean’s most chic island has stylish hotels where upmarket restaurants and relaxing spas abound, but also offers cool boutique hotels and little known mountain retreats. Mauritian beaches are immaculately groomed and the entire island is undeniably one of the most picturesque around. There’s a wide range of things to entertain you from water sports and yoga to exploring the towns of the island. For more details see page 142.

View of Le Morne Brabant, Mauritius

Suggested itineraries kenya

Laikipia Plateau Lake Victoria Lake Victoria

Nairobi

Masai Mara National Reserve

Grevy’s zebra, Lewa Wildlife Conservancy

Masai Mara National Reserve

Nairobi

kenya

Tailoring your trip

tanzania

The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Kenya specialists to start planning your itinerary.

T 01993 838 510

Getting around Many safari companies drive their guests around Kenya in 4x4s or mini-buses, with obligatory shopping stops. This limits which camps you can reach and as roads are often full of potholes, journeys can be long and uncomfortable. We prefer to fly our travellers around the country making use of the extensive flight network, and using road transport only where you will enjoy an interesting journey. Flights land at small airstrips in the heart of national parks where we will have your guide waiting, ready to drive you to camp.

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33 33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

5 Travel is not recommended.

Kenya is predominantly a dry country with 75% of its area classed as arid or semi-arid, although it experiences two rainy seasons. Inland Kenya has an idyllic climate with daytime temperatures averaging 20C (68F) and cooler nights. The short rains fall from October to December and the long rains from March to May. The coastal strip is hot and humid all year round, with daytime temperatures ranging from 26C to 32C (76F to 90F).

tanzania

Classic Kenya This is a comprehensive trip around the country exploring the wild north and game-rich Masai Mara. In the north you can expect to find an untouched wilderness where other visitors are few and far between. In the Mara you can enjoy seeing high densities of game in the archetypal African safari environment. Day 1

Fly to Nairobi.

Day 2

Arrive in Nairobi and relax or visit the Sheldrick Wildlife Trust, an organisation that rescues and rehabilitates orphaned elephant.

Days 3-5 Fly to the Laikipia Plateau. Search for animals on game drives, visit Samburu villages and enjoy walking safaris.

Diani Beach

Green Season Kenya Safari & Beach After the rains have fallen is a great time to travel, as long as you don’t mind the occasional shower. There are far fewer visitors vying to catch a glimpse of that elusive leopard, the countryside is lush, and everything is great value. Animals can be a bit harder to spot because of the increased foliage, but they are still there. Day 1

Fly to Nairobi.

Days 2-4 Arrive in Nairobi. Fly to the Masai Mara. Explore the Mara on game drives and walking safaris, enjoying the lush greenery that the rains bring to the reserve.

Days 6-9 Fly to the Masai Mara. Explore the Mara on game drives and walking safaris, hopefully to see the Big Five.

Days 5-9 Fly to Diani Beach. Swim, snorkel and relax beside the pool or on the beach. Enjoy seafood and refreshing cocktails in the warm, tropical breeze.

Day 10

Fly back to Nairobi where you will connect with your international flight.

Stay longer

Instead of ending your trip in the Masai Mara, fly to Zanzibar for a week. Just a two hour flight from Nairobi, Zanzibar is a world away in feel from being on safari and it makes for an excellent combination.

Before flying into the Masai Mara, spend time at Lake Naivasha for a few days at the start of your trip. Naivasha is a scenic three hour drive from Nairobi. Stay at a converted colonial house on the shores of the lake and enjoy game drives, walks and trips to Lake Nakuru to see the thousands of flamingos and pelicans.

Samburu woman, Laikipia Plateau

Young leopard siblings, Masai Mara

Time difference: GMT+3 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Kenya on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans. www.audleytravel.com/kenya • 01993 838 510 • Kenya

Namibia A

photographer’s dream: a land of vast blue skies and endless horizons, Namibia’s scenery is some of the most dramatic in Africa. It contains the world’s oldest desert, its highest dunes and its second largest canyon. Most famous, perhaps, is the fog-encased Skeleton Coast where seal colonies live amongst skeletal shipwrecks, whilst pelicans and flamingos soar overhead. Or Sossusvlei, where rays of light play across the dunes in an enchanting dance as the sun rises. For a wildlife fix, the north of the country showcases Etosha’s silvery salt pan where the surrounding plains teem with game, which gathers in huge numbers around permanent waterholes. Roaming freely across Damaraland’s vast and arid landscape are desert-adapted elephant and black rhino, and the intrepid can set off on foot in search of them. Namibia offers ideal conditions for exploration too with a combination of adventurous self-driving and scenic flights making for an exciting journey that will long remain in the memory.

Audley in Namibia ANGOLA

The Skeleton Coast

nene

Rundu Etosha National Park

m Da

Kasane

Caprivi Strip

7 Mamili National Park

Tsumkwe

Outjo

Waterberg Plateau Park

Twyfelfontein Brandberg ok Mountain o

NAMIBIA

l an

va ng

Khaudum National Park

Namutoni

ar al an d

100 miles

161 kilometres

Okahandja BOTSWANA

Ka lah ari

Swakopmund

Th e

WINDHOEK Naukluft Mountains

tic Atlan Oce

Sossusvlei

Mariental

Sesriem

NamibRand 2 Nature Reserve

Namib-Naukluft National Park

Keetmanshoop Lüderitz

Fish River Canyon 3 rrg eb ie

F is h

pe eS

It is easy to explore Namibia as it has well-maintained roads, a variety of properties and good food. A good way to get around is on a self-drive trip with a car, a clear set of directions and a map. Traffic is light and you can always pull over to enjoy the view. Our Namibia specialists have driven around the country many times and know the roads and lodges from first-hand experience. As distances are large, it is crucial to plan a trip carefully so that you spend only a part of your time driving and the majority of it enjoying what the country has to offer. You can read more about how we support you on self-drive trips to Namibia on page 58. If you don’t want to drive, you can fly by light aircraft or be driven from lodge to lodge. Both are good options and suit different travellers and budgets. Namibia works well as a standalone destination but can also be combined easily with Cape Town, Victoria Falls or the Okavango Delta in Botswana. If you would like to end your trip on a tropical beach, we recommend Mozambique or Mauritius.

Orange

Accommodation Namibia has the widest choice of accommodation in Southern Africa. In the towns there are hotels, boutique properties and guesthouses. Out of town you will find remote tented camps, lodges and farmhouses. One of our favourite properties, Wolwedans Dune Lodge, is built on top of a sand dune. On any itinerary we would recommend that you stay in a mixture of properties to make your trip varied and interesting. Staying at an owner-run guest farm gives a fascinating insight into farming in Namibia whilst tented camps allow you to explore remote areas. If you are a keen walker we can recommend two or three day walking trails where you stay in dome tents or on camp beds under the stars. Simply let us know the sort of accommodation you like and we will make suggestions to suit you.

1 Sossusvlei

4 Swakopmund

The world’s highest sand dunes and a place of spectacular beauty. See pages 48-49 2 NamibRand

Nature Reserve One of Africa’s largest private reserves encompassing plains, mountains and dunes. See page 50 3 Fish River Canyon One of the world’s largest canyons and a good place for hiking. See page 51

A quaint German colonial town where the desert meets the Atlantic. See page 52 5 The Skeleton Coast With desolate beaches, mountains and canyons, this area is home to seals, jackal, giraffe and desertadapted elephant. See page 53

7 Caprivi Strip

Bordering the Okavango Delta, this region has rivers, waterways and swamps. It’s full of elephant, buffalo, hippo and crocodiles. See page 60

6 Etosha National Park Namibia’s major big game and wildlife area, centred on the shimmering Etosha salt pan. See pages 56-57 Zebra, Etosha National Park

www.audleytravel.com/namibia • 01993 838 525 • Namibia

Petrified trees, Dead Vlei, Sossusvlei

Sossusvlei & Sesriem In southern Namibia at Sesriem, the Tsauchab River, despite being dry for the majority of each year, has carved a wide path into the dunes towards the coast. The river never reaches the sea as its path is blocked by mountains of sand and instead it spreads into pans. This area is known as Sossusvlei and its towering dunes are apricot at sunrise and crimson at sunset. Near Sossusvlei are other vleis including Dead Vlei, with a silver floor and skeletal trees, and Hidden Vlei, known for dusty acacias. The desert may appear lifeless, but walk amongst the dunes and you will soon see the tracks of tok tokkie beetles, shovel-snouted lizards darting into nara bushes and perhaps even the spoor of a wildcat. Sossusvlei is best early in the morning so that you can climb one of the dunes at sunrise.

Sossus Dune Lodge, Namib-Naukluft National Park

Desert Homestead, Sesriem Sitting on a grassy plain in the shadow of the Tsaris and Naukluft Mountains, Desert Homestead consists of 20 individual stone and thatch cottages. The main lodge has a cosy living area with comfortable leather sofas, soft African fabrics and a cool, shady dining veranda where farmhouse cooking is served. Outside is a pool with sun loungers set in the shade and views reaching over the desert towards the mountains. As well as trips to Sossusvlei it is possible to go horse riding with an overnight stay in a tented camp, and the surrounding scenery is perfect for exploring on foot.

Sossus Dune Lodge, Namib-Naukluft National Park The only permanent lodge within the Namib-Naukluft National Park, the Sossus Dune Lodge has 25 spacious, thatched chalets including a honeymoon chalet. They are accessed via a raised wooden deck and are perched on the side of a hill giving wonderful views. Each has been constructed with canvas sides, thatched roofs, polished wooden floors and large glass windows to make the most of the views out towards the dunes. Its location within the park means that guests have direct access to Sossusvlei giving them the opportunity to experience the dunes with few other people.

Desert Homestead, Sesriem

Desert Camp, Sesriem This is one of the most affordable options, set close to Sossusvleiâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s entrance gate. There are 20 tented rooms; each has a shaded veranda with outside cooking facilities and vehicle parking. The Desert Camp does not have its own restaurant but meal packs with all barbecue equipment can be ordered at the campâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s reception or meals can be eaten at the nearby Sossusvlei Lodge. The small swimming pool is the focal point of the main lodge area and there is a bar to relax in.

Desert Camp, Sesriem

Group of springbok, Sossusvlei

Walking the sand dunes, Sossusvlei

Sparrow, Sossusvlei

Morning mist, Sossusvlei

Moon Mountain Luxury Tented Lodge, Sossusvlei

Kulala Desert Lodge, Kulala Wilderness Reserve

One of the smartest places to stay in the Sossusvlei area, Moon Mountain sits in a scenic spot in the Naukluft Mountains, 56 kilometres from Sossusvlei. There are 11 luxury tented rooms and six suites, which come with plunge pools and private decks so you can sit and admire the mountain views. The lodge’s restaurant serves Namibian food, and you can enjoy a sundowner at the bar or on the adjacent sun deck. While here you can keep an eye out for the oryx, springbok and zebra that live in the vicinity and visit the Sossusvlei dunes.

This traditional African lodge with clay and thatch buildings has wonderful views over the Namib Desert. The 23 rooms are comfortably furnished, with a balcony where you can make the most of the vistas. Each has a private rooftop terrace where, should weather permit, you can sleep out under the stars. The restaurant at the lodge serves tasty international cuisine, often al fresco. There is also a swimming pool, ideal for hot afternoons, and a lounge area if you want to relax with a good book. A waterhole in front of the camp attracts wildlife such as oryx, ostriches and jackal, so make sure to keep your camera close at hand. The activities available include hot air ballooning, private tours to Sossusvlei and scenic nature drives. Short walks along the riverbed are also possible from the lodge, with the opportunity to learn more about the local flora and fauna.

Moon Mountain Luxury Tented Lodge, Sossusvlei

Little Kulala, Kulala Wilderness Reserve

Little Kulala, Kulala Wilderness Reserve South of the Sesriem Gate to Sossusvlei lies the 210 square kilometre Kulala Wilderness Reserve, the closest private reserve to Sossusvlei itself. There is magnificent dune scenery to the west, a mountainous escarpment to the north and east, with grassy plains filling the space in between. Little Kulala is a small and exclusive lodge, located on the dry Auab riverbed, with a private gate into Sossusvlei. The camp has just 11 expansive, thatched and glass-sided chalets (or kulalas) on elevated decks. The flat rooftop provides the ideal setting for an evening’s stargazing and you can even arrange to bed down for the night up there. The main area has a stylish lounge, dining room, bar, library and swimming pool all under thatch. Activities include early morning game drives to the dunes, nature drives and walks on the private reserve, day trips into the mountains and early morning balloon flights.

Kulala Desert Lodge, Kulala Wilderness Reserve

www.audleytravel.com/namibia • 01993 838 525 • Namibia

NamibRand Nature Reserve

NamibRand Nature Reserve South of Sesriem and bordering the NamibNaukluft National Park is NamibRand Nature Reserve. Covering over 2,000 square kilometres, it is one of Africa’s largest private reserves and is certainly one of its most beautiful. A place of contrast, dunes, yellow plains and the mountains vie for attention and provide a perfect habitat for Hartmann’s mountain zebra and klipspringer. The NamibRand has some of Namibia’s best guides and is therefore a good place in which to learn about the flora, fauna and history of the desert. We recommend the full-day drives, on which you explore many parts of the reserve and have a large picnic lunch. On your return to camp at night you’ll find the lanterns lit, the fire roaring and a delicious dinner prepared.

Wolwedans Dune Lodge, NamibRand Nature Reserve The nine chalets at Wolwedans Dune Lodge are built on top of a sand dune. All of them are open on one side allowing you to watch the sunrise from the comfort of your bed. The lapa has leather sofas and chairs, a library and a wine cellar built deep into the sand. Surrounding the lodge is a variety of look-out decks each with a different sweeping view of the beautiful scenery. There is also a pool set back behind the lodge and raised above the dunes. As with all the Wolwedans properties, the food is excellent and the camp guides some of the most knowledgeable in Namibia.

Wolwedans Dune Camp, NamibRand Nature Reserve This beautiful tented camp has spectacular views of the plains and mountains and the six simple but stylish tents have canvas walls on three sides which can be rolled up to appreciate the setting. Inside, rush mats and comfortable beds give a cosy feel while the decking off to one side is perfect for a night spent sleeping under the stars. The main lapa is open on one side so you can enjoy far-reaching views as you eat one of the camp’s excellent meals. Staff are warm and welcoming and activities include both half and full-day excursions, by 4x4 or on foot, to explore the reserve.

Wolwedans Dune Camp, NamibRand Nature Reserve

Wolwedans Dune Lodge, NamibRand Nature Reserve

Wolwedans Boulders Camp, NamibRand Nature Reserve Situated 45 kilometres away from the other Wolwedans camps in the remote south of the NamibRand Reserve, Wolwedans Boulders Camp is one of the smallest and most intimate camps in Namibia. There are no well-trodden paths here, just hundreds of square kilometres of the oldest desert on the planet, and a few lucky guests. Boulders Camp has four luxurious canvas and wood suites which are nestled around the base of a rock-strewn mountain. Each suite is spacious with polished wooden floors, cream fabrics and en suite bathrooms. Views from the suites are stunning. The main area has a dining and lounge tent, a breakfast deck and, close by, a sundowner spot. From Boulders you can enjoy guided scenic drives and walking safaris treading along the ancient hunting grounds of the San Bushmen.

Wolwedans Boulders Camp, NamibRand Nature Reserve

Quiver trees, Fish River Canyon

Fish River Canyon

Fish River Canyon In the far south of the country, the Fish River Canyon, one of the world’s largest, is as spectacular as it is deserted. At its base, the Fish River twists and turns, its clear water tumbling over rocks. We recommend taking an early morning ramble along the canyon where the barks of baboons echo around the rocks and klipspringer dart up gullies. The view from the top is breathtaking; there are no shops or kiosks here, just a bench in the shade. On a busy day you may meet someone else, but the chances of finding a rock to sit on and of having the view to yourself are high. The Fish River Canyon is 27 kilometres wide at its broadest point, and home to a number of natural pools, a wide variety of game and incredibly beautiful picnic spots.

Klipspringer, Fish River Canyon

Canyon Lodge, Fish River Canyon

Fish River Lodge, Fish River Canyon

Fish River Lodge, Fish River Canyon Perched right on the lip of the canyon with simply stunning views, Fish River Lodge is located in Canyon Nature Park which covers an area of 450 square kilometres. Each of the 20 contemporary stone chalets is stylishly decorated and has a large private deck, perfect for relaxing and soaking up the views, or even for a night spent sleeping under the stars. The lodge has an 80 kilometre private frontage onto the canyon and is the only lodge in the area that offers guided half or full day, and overnight hikes into the canyon. After a morning walk you can return to the infinity pool to cool off before enjoying a big lunch on the shady veranda. Evening meals can be taken in the main lodge or by candlelight on your decking.

Only 20 minutes from the main Fish River Canyon viewpoint. Canyon Lodge has 30 stone bungalows built around the rocks of the granite kopjes, their curving, bulging walls made from boulders themselves. Outside your cottage there is a small terrace with table and chairs from which you can enjoy the desert views. The main lodge houses a dining room with cosy fireplace, shady terrace and small pool. There is always plenty to watch around the lodge from the rock dassies sunning themselves on the boulders to mongooses zipping along the ground. Horse riding or guided nature walks are also on offer and the Ai Ais Hot Springs are around an hour away.

Canyon Lodge, Fish River Canyon

www.audleytravel.com/namibia • 01993 838 525 • Namibia

Swakopmund

Swakopmund The old town of Swakopmund perches between the sands of the Namib Desert and the waves of the Atlantic Ocean. With misty morning fog, its cool climate is a wonderfully refreshing contrast to the inland areas and rejuvenating after days spent in the hotter south. The streets are wide and lined with palm trees and the buildings are fascinating examples of old German architecture. There is an array of curio and antique shops as well as some particularly good seafood restaurants serving fresh crayfish and Skeleton Coast mussels. A couple of hours’ drive north of Swakopmund you will find the seal colony at Cape Cross, home to around 200,000 Cape fur seals. South of Swakopmund, and equally worth a visit, is Walvis Bay where vast flamingo and pelican flocks congregate on the beach or soar overhead, whilst avocets and other waders can be found in the water.

Cornerstone Guesthouse, Swakopmund

polished wooden and tiled floors. Each has a little patio and the main building has a breakfast room. On warm days, breakfast can be enjoyed on the sunny veranda. Offering fantastic value for money, Cornerstone also has a selection of self-catering apartments in Swakopmund which are perfect for families or friends travelling together.

Villa Margherita, Swakopmund An old colonial house, Villa Margherita, is located in the centre of Swakopmund. It has been thoughtfully restored, maintaining the original structure and its unique, innate charm. It now offers a modern, spacious and comfortable guesthouse with just seven double rooms, one of which can be converted into a family unit with two bedrooms and seating area. Most rooms have a private lounge and some have baths as well as showers. Downstairs is a dining area, although breakfast can also be taken in the courtyard garden.

Cornerstone Guesthouse is a small and friendly place which occupies a quiet corner of the old town near the marine museum and the old brewery. It is a few minutes’ walk to the Atlantic Ocean as well as some of Swakopmund’s best restaurants. There are seven rooms, two of which can house a family of four. The design is light and airy, with cool beach colours and Villa Margherita, Swakopmund

Kayaking from Pelican Point One excellent way to spend a morning is on a gentle kayaking trip around Pelican Point. These trips start early in the morning when you are driven out to Pelican Point, a sandbar near Walvis Bay. You will paddle out in sea kayaks and be guided towards colonies of up to 300 Cape fur seals. The seals love to swim around the kayaks and the younger animals sometimes even jump over them or climb onto the front of your kayak for a quick rest before continuing to play in the water. If you are lucky you may also see dolphins or the occasional whale, whilst sightings of seabirds are commonplace. After your excursion you will have some time on the beach to enjoy the view with warm rolls and coffee for elevenses.

Walking near Serra Cafema, Kunene Region

The Skeleton Coast & Kaokoland North of Swakopmund, the Skeleton Coast National Park stretches up to the area known as Kaokoland and the Kunene River, which forms the border with Angola. It is a barren area and aptly named as strong currents, treacherous fog and shifting underwater sandbanks ensured that many early explorers’ ships were wrecked here. Their remains are still visible many metres from the shore. The landscape of the Skeleton Coast, whilst stark, is stunning and rock formations such as the Ugab Formations defy belief. There are clay formations at the Hoarusib Canyon, sand dunes, and gravel plains covered with ancient welwitschia plants. Dry river valleys are home to desert-adapted elephant, giraffe and brown hyena. The majority of the park is not accessible to vehicles, but there are two companies that operate fly-in safaris to the area. Lasting three to four days, these are regarded by experienced safari-goers as some of the best trips in Africa.

Welwitschia plant, Skeleton Coast

Serra Cafema, Kunene Region

Serra Cafema, Kunene Region This beautiful camp sits under large albida trees on the banks of the Kunene River, close to the border with Angola and away from the harsh coastline. The Kunene River is the only permanent source of water in this region of rugged mountains and sand dunes. The water creates a lush oasis along its banks that draws in gemsbok, ostriches, desert-adapted elephant and nomadic prides of lion. The eight spacious and luxurious tents are raised off the ground, with large private decks overlooking the river or dunes. There is a pool, dining room and bar. Time is spent exploring the beautiful Hartmann Valley in 4x4s, the Great Dune Sea on quad-bikes and the mountains on foot. Excursions to meet with the native Ovahimba families who live in the vicinity are also a highlight. Relaxing boat trips on the Kunene River offer the opportunity to float along watching birds overhead and look out for large crocodiles basking on the sandbanks.

Skeleton Coast Safaris Started in the sixties by Louw Schoeman and now run by his family, Skeleton Coast Safaris run flying safaris along this fascinating stretch of coastline. The Schoeman brothers do most of the guiding and it is hard to find better anywhere. Using light aircraft, 4x4s and your own two feet, you will explore the Skeleton Coast’s fragile ecosystems. There is the chance to slide down sand dunes, explore ancient bushman settlements and walk along remote beaches past the skeletal remains of long-wrecked ships. Each night you will stay in a different camp, of which there are three. All are tiny, but though this safari is not about accommodation, your comfort is never compromised. You will dine under the stars, hot bucket showers will be filled for you and there will be a roaring campfire in the evening.

Skeleton Coast Safaris

www.audleytravel.com/namibia • 01993 838 525 • Namibia

Rock art, Twyfelfontein, Damaraland

cottages, and the large infinity pool by the restaurant. A number of activities are offered by the lodge including trips to see the Himba tribes and guided walks or drives where it is possible to see both rhino and desert-adapted elephant.

Damaraland With a wild and rugged landscape, Damaraland is one of Namibia’s least populated areas. Southern Damaraland’s attractions include the Spitzkoppe and the Brandberg Mountain, home to a wealth of rock art. Twyfelfontein has hundreds of engravings, mostly depicting animals. Driving to and from these you will often encounter donkey carts and tiny roadside stalls that sell gemstones and seed pod mobiles. In northern Damaraland there are thriving populations of wild game including gemsbok, kudu, springbok, Hartmann’s mountain zebra, desert-adapted elephant and black rhino. Here, in some areas, lodges work in conjunction with the local communities, creating accommodation with local guides and giving a proportion of all income straight to the community. They are excellent initiatives and give you the opportunity to explore the area with those who know it best.

Ugab Terrace Lodge, southern Damaraland Camp Kipwe, southern Damaraland

Camp Kipwe, southern Damaraland Camp Kipwe has a superb position in Damaraland with panoramic views over rocky kopjes, valleys and hills. The ten rooms are situated amongst the boulders giving you total privacy but you will also have plenty of opportunity to meet your fellow guests in the camp lounge area. For a spectacular sunset, make your way up the 100 steps to the sundowner viewpoint – having a cold beer or glass of wine and watching the sun set over Damaraland is an experience not to be missed.

High on the ridge of a plateau in southern Damaraland, with a panoramic view in all directions, you’ll find Ugab Terrace Lodge. The 16 simple but comfortable chalets all face east or west to enjoy sunrise or sunset views, and have large windows and balconies to make the most of the spectacular shows. The main lodge area features a spacious dining area with high ceilings, a bar and a balcony with picnic tables overlooking the Vingerklip Plateau. There are tables outside where you can enjoy lunch or a cup of coffee and a small swimming pool built into the rocks. You can enjoy bird watching, nature drives, zip lining, mountain biking and hiking in the area.

Grootberg Lodge, southern Damaraland

The great value, high altitude Grootberg Lodge is perched at the top of the Grootberg Pass. At almost 1,700 metres above sea level the lodge offers some of the finest views in the country. The sweeping vistas across the Klip River Valley below, are best viewed from the private decking in front of each of the 16 thatched

Ugab Terrace Lodge, southern Damaraland

Giraffe seen on a walk from Etendeka Mountain Camp

Rock bridge, Spitzkoppe, Damaraland

Doro Nawas Camp, central Damaraland

Desert Rhino Camp, northern Damaraland

Young desert-adapted elephant, Damaraland

Doro Nawas Camp, central Damaraland

Damaraland Camp, northern Damaraland

Built around a small kopje on the edge of the dry Aba-Huab River. The camp offers views to the Etendeka Mountains to the north and the red cliffs of Twyfelfontein to the south. This is an area of outstanding natural beauty and the 16 rooms here have polished stone floors, and large windows to take in the scenery. The hidden gem of this camp is the ability to wheel your bed on to your private decking, allowing you to sleep under the stars. There is also a flat roof which provides a perfect location to enjoy a sundowner.

Just 90 kilometres inland from the Skeleton Coast, Damaraland Camp sits in the vastly different environment of an 800 square kilometre conservancy on the north bank of the Huab River Valley. The ten room camp presents endless vistas across stark plains, ancient valleys and soaring peaks, including the Brandberg Mountain almost 100 kilometres to the south. The Huab River bisects the area and flows only once or twice during the short rainy season. Despite this, it attracts populations of desert-adapted elephant, kudu and springbok, plus many bird species. The large walk-in tents have a conical thatched roof and private balcony, and are raised on wooden platforms. The main living area is open plan and combines the dining room, lounge, bar and a small swimming pool. Activities at Damaraland Camp include nature drives and walks; stargazing is also superb thanks to the crystal clear night skies.

Desert Rhino Camp, northern Damaraland An area of flat-topped mountains, huge yellow plains and wild river valleys, the Palmwag Concession provides a scenic backdrop for the camp. Save the Rhino Trust are monitoring a population of black rhino here, and guests at Desert Rhino Camp are able to go out in search of the animals in a 4x4 and on foot with their resident researchers. Lion frequent the Agab riverbed (and are often heard roaring at night), mountain zebra are numerous and vultures seem to roost in every tree. The camp itself is comfortable, with eight large tents and tasty food.

Etendeka Mountain Camp, Northern Damaraland

Etendeka Mountain Camp, northern Damaraland Nestled against a rocky kopje on the open Etendeka lava plains, the camp is small, simple and surrounded by dramatic scenery. The area has good populations of game including desert-adapted elephant, Hartmann’s mountain zebra, giraffe, oryx, springbok and kudu. Birdlife is prolific and diverse with most of Namibia’s endemic species present. Etendeka is owned and run by Dennis Leibenberg, a pioneer of community involvement in tourism initiatives. The camp has strong eco credentials with all its energy needs being generated through its extensive solar panels. There are 11 simple but comfortable tents with outdoor bucket showers. Guiding from Etendeka is excellent with days often consisting of nature walks, afternoon drives and then perhaps a short trip up to a mountain top to enjoy sundowners.

Damaraland Camp, northern Damaraland

www.audleytravel.com/namibia • 01993 838 525 • Namibia

Animals gather near a waterhole, Etosha National Park

Etosha National Park Much of Etoshaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s surface is covered by the silver salt pan that shimmers in the heat and turns into an oasis during heavy rains. To the south are open grassland plains, mixed woodland and waterholes that act as magnets for game. The grasslands are home to Burchellâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s zebra, blue wildebeest, red hartebeest and black-faced impala. Kudu are found on the margins of the woodland, whilst giraffe nibble the acacias and eland come to drink. There are large populations of lion, leopard and cheetah. Elephant herds are hundred strong whilst black and white rhino have established populations, particularly in the west of the park. There are over 35 species of raptor, including the yellowbilled kite, steppe eagle and pygmy falcon. You can either self-drive from camps inside the park or enjoy self-drive and guided trips from one of the private reserves outside the park.

Ongava Lodge, Ongava Reserve, southern Etosha

Ongava Tented Camp, Ongava Reserve, southern Etosha

Pale chanting goshawk, Etosha National Park

Small, intimate and comfortable, the Ongava Tented Camp has eight tastefully decorated tents. Each has a decking area overlooking a busy waterhole, which attracts a wide variety of mammals and birds and is floodlit at night. Tasty home-cooked meals are served in the open-sided dining room and guests sit together at a large table. There is a real feeling of being out in the wilderness and close to nature here and most evenings the waterhole provides entertainment. There is a friendly and relaxed atmosphere at Ongava Tented Camp with guests chatting late into the night around the fire.

Ongava Lodge, Ongava Reserve, southern Etosha The private Ongava Reserve shares a boundary with Etosha National Park. Towards the centre of the reserve sits Ongava Lodge with its 14 air-conditioned chalets, scattered up a hillside and attractively built out of rock and thatch. Each chalet has a deck for afternoon reading or enjoying the view. On hot days it is particularly refreshing taking a dip in the pool. The waterhole attracts numerous animals and you can watch them from the large deck in front of the lodge. Activities include walks, night drives and rhino tracking on the reserve as well as game drives into Etosha National Park.

Ongava Tented Camp, Ongava Reserve, southern Etosha

Herd of zebra, Etosha National Park

Giraffe, Etosha National Park

Rhino seen near Ongava Tented Camp

Okaukuejo Resort, Etosha National Park

Okaukuejo Resort, Etosha National Park The popular Okaukuejo Resort is located within Etosha National Park. There are extensive facilities including a shop, restaurant, campsite, large pool and 102 rooms. The Waterhole chalets give the best views, whilst the smaller Bush chalets are still comfortable but offer a more affordable option. Keep your eyes open when wandering around camp at night as smaller nocturnal mammals such as black-backed jackal, honey badgers and spotted genets are frequent visitors. The real attraction here is the floodlit waterhole beside the camp: with a dedicated raised viewing deck, this is the perfect place to spend the evening as elephant, rhino, giraffe and lion appear out of the dark to drink.

Mushara Bush Camp, Mushara Reserve, eastern Etosha

Mushara Outpost, Mushara Reserve, eastern Etosha

Mushara Bush Camp, Mushara Reserve, eastern Etosha

Mushara Outpost, Mushara Reserve, eastern Etosha

Situated on the private Mushara Reserve, Mushara Bush Camp offers a down-to-earth tented experience which is well suited to independent travellers exploring Etosha. The 16 walk-in tents are modern and airy. Each has a shower looking into the bush plus a sofa which can be converted into a child’s bed. The camp is great for families, with a dedicated childcare team, flexible meal times and a playground. The main area is thatched and has an authentic bush camp feel to it complete with an early evening campfire which becomes a focal point as guests sit and exchange stories of the day’s wildlife sightings. Dinners are served outside on the veranda and food is both plentiful and delicious.

A luxury tented camp, Mushara Outpost is situated on the banks of a dry riverbed in the Mushara Reserve. Each of the eight tents is raised on a wooden deck and nestled amongst the bush. Inside you will find wooden floors, four-poster beds, full height glass doors and private decking overlooking the wilderness. For the hottest days, there is air-conditioning in each room. The main building is tastefully furnished with a traditional iron roof and huge wrap around veranda under which sumptuous evening meals are enjoyed. Both scheduled and private game drives into Etosha are possible.

Onguma Tented Camp, Onguma Reserve, eastern Etosha The private Onguma Reserve is the setting for Onguma Tented Camp, a stylish, modern camp where the sleek design complements the rawness of the surroundings. There are just seven tents here overlooking a busy waterhole that attracts giraffe, zebra, oryx and occasionally even lion and rhino. The main guest area has a comfortable lounge and boma deck facing the waterhole with an infinity plunge pool to cool off in. Staying here you can either drive into the Etosha National Park or enjoy guided night drives and walks on the 340 square kilometre Onguma Reserve.

Onguma Tented Camp, Onguma Reserve

www.audleytravel.com/namibia • 01993 838 525 • Namibia

Road through the Namib Desert

Self-driving in Namibia the cool of the day; we have often seen animals on or beside the road at this time. Aim to arrive at your next lodge in time for lunch and then have the afternoon to explore at your own pace, join a guided activity or relax. We will give you a guide to journey times within your itinerary so you can plan your days accordingly. Giraffe crossing the road, Etosha National Park

A self-drive trip is a wonderful way to explore Namibia as the roads are well maintained, they wind through spectacular scenery and there is little traffic. At Audley our Namibia specialists have spent months trialling each route so can offer you the best advice. Namibia’s roads Namibia’s main roads have tar surfaces. The rest of the network is gravel which is suitable for confident and competent drivers. The gravel roads are generally in good condition in the dry season, however, in the rainy season, rivers can flood across the road and potholes can appear. All the gravel roads are well signposted so it is hard to get lost. You will also find a number of designated picnic spots with parking spaces, picnic tables and benches – in the shade of trees where possible. As there is very little traffic, however, you will find that you can always stop at the side of the road to enjoy the view or take a picture.

Cars It is possible to drive around the country in an ordinary car, however we recommend a 4x4. We will discuss with you what type of car you would like, taking into account the number of people in your party, how much luggage you have and the route you are taking. Etosha National Park Self-driving is a great way to see Etosha’s big game as you can decide which waterholes you want to head for and can spend as long as you like viewing the wildlife. The speed limit is 60 kilometres per hour in the park. You will find many of the animals are accustomed to vehicles and you will get some superb photographs from your car. If you prefer not to self-drive, we can arrange organised game drives for you.

Planning All our specialists have driven extensively around Namibia. We will plan your route carefully taking into account what you would like to do and keeping an eye on the driving distances and times. Maps On arrival in Namibia you will be given a fully annotated map with your suggested route highlighted and your lodges marked. Phones It is always useful to have a mobile phone and Namibia’s network coverage is improving each year. If you are returning to Windhoek we will lend you a phone with all the numbers of your lodges programmed into it as well as our contact numbers which you can top up with credit as you need. Cool boxes We always recommend that you carry water and a few snacks in the car. To enable you to keep your drinks cool, we will supply you with a cool box and ice pack at the start of your trip which we ask you to return at the end.

Driving distances and times Distances are large in Namibia and we recommend you set off early in the morning and drive at a leisurely pace. By leaving early you can enjoy the first part of your drive in Road sign, Namibia

Viewing wildlife from your vehicle

Leopard wearing a tracking collar, Okonjima

San Bushmen sharing their skills, Grootfontein

Tracking rehabilitated cats, Okonjima

Cheetah, AfriCat Foundation, Okonjima

The Central Highlands

Okonjima Plains Camp, The Central Highlands

Running down Namibia’s spine, the Central Highlands separate the Kalahari from the dunes of the Namib. Just north of Windhoek, the small, pleasant town of Okahandja has a superb wood-carving community and several markets. Another highlight in the area is Okonjima in the Omboroko Mountains, which is the centre of the AfriCat Foundation. The foundation rescues and rehabilitates cheetah and leopard that have come into conflict with the game farmers in the region. Once they are at full health they are then relocated to safer areas. There are 160 square kilometres where cheetah and leopard roam. It is an excellent programme and is a good place to get close to big cats and learn more about them.

Okonjima Plains Camp has 24 rooms, a communal boma, two large swimming pools, a dining area and fire pit. There are 10 comfortable view rooms and 14 standard rooms. The main barn has a solid, established feel to it with stylish furnishings and a great view over the savannah. Each of the rooms is decorated in bright fabrics and has large beds and windows, a small private veranda area and space to park your vehicle. Activities from Plains Camp include tracking hyena, leopard, wild dog and cheetah. It is also possible to learn more about AfriCat’s work.

Okonjima Bush Camp, The Central Highlands The Bush Camp offers a higher standard of luxury to Plains Camp. There are just nine huge, clay rondavels with panoramic views, African art and impressive photographs of the big cats on the walls. The communal areas include a large dining room, cosy lounge with open fire and swimming pool outside. Activities from the Bush Camp are the same as Plains Camp but guests can also visit the night hide which is frequented by porcupines and other nocturnal animals. Both Plains Camp and Bush Camp have souvenir shops so you can pick up a gift.

Okonjima Plains Camp, The Central Highlands

Fiume Lodge, Grootfontein To the northeast of the Central Highlands lies the small town of Grootfontein and the little-known Fiume Lodge. There are nine comfortable chalets, with a swimming pool set in the pretty gardens. The main building houses a spacious dining room, bar and terrace which is a popular spot to relax and watch the wildlife coming down to the nearby salt lick and waterhole. The owner grew up playing with local San children on his parents’ farm and speaks their language fluently. He offers full-day or half-day visits to a nearby community, where you can enjoy a unique insight into their culture and traditions. This is quite different to a typical cultural village visit as you will learn hunting skills, or sit in the village preparing dinner. For many this is the highlight of their trip to Namibia.

Wood carvings, Okahandja

www.audleytravel.com/namibia • 01993 838 525 • Namibia

Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip around, or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Namibia specialists to start planning your trip.

T 01993 838 525

Getting around The main way to explore Namibia is on a self-drive safari. You will collect your car in Windhoek and receive a full briefing on your journey, including maps and driving directions. We recommend a 4x4 all year round. When you reach your destination you can leave your car and set out to explore on guided excursions. We have suggested two self-drive itineraries here but these are a tiny fraction of the trips we can arrange. An alternative to driving is flying around the country using scheduled or chartered light aircraft flights: our ‘Desert Flying’ itinerary is an example of what’s possible.

Crossing the Okavango River, Caprivi Strip

When to go Giant kingfisher, Caprivi Strip

Nile crocodile, Chobe River

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Caprivi Strip In northern Namibia, the Caprivi Strip stretches east along the top of Botswana and is quite unlike the rest of the country. Thanks to its relatively high rainfall and the permanently flowing Okavango, Kwando, Chobe and Zambezi Rivers, it has lush vegetation and many small villages with children herding goats and cows. It supports high densities of elephant, buffalo, lion and hippo, plus crocodiles are ever-present in the wetland areas. The permanent rivers, reed beds and forests host a large number of bird species, including those not commonly found in other parts of Namibia, such as kingfishers, darters, herons and gallinules. We usually recommend that you only drive one way, ending your trip either in Botswana at the Chobe National Park or continuing to Victoria Falls.

Nkasa Lupala, Nkasa Lupala National Park

RiverDance Lodge, Popa Falls and Mahango Game Park This owner-run lodge is nestled on the lush banks of the Kavango River. The five large, glass-fronted rooms offer spectacular sunset views and evenings can be spent sitting on your private deck watching elephant amble down to the river to drink. The food here is locally sourced and some of the best in all of Namibia. Excursions are varied with sunrise and sunset boat cruises being a firm favourite as well as mokoro trips and game drives to the nearby Popa Falls and Mahango Game Park.

Nkasa Lupala, Nkasa Lupala National Park Nkasa Lupala boasts a spectacular location overlooking one of the many channels of the Kwando-Linyanti river system. This remote eco-friendly lodge offers ten elevated tented rooms which have views of the wetlands surrounding the camp. Elephant, buffalo, lion and leopard have all been spotted here. Your days can be filled with boat cruises, walking safaris, day and night drives as well as visiting the nearby village which is home to many of the camp staff. Make sure to try out the star gazing deck at the lodge and marvel at the remarkable night skies.

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33 33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

5 Travel is not recommended.

Namibia has a sub-tropical desert climate characterised by low rainfall and large temperature fluctuations between day and night. During the dry season, which runs broadly from April to October, the skies are blue with rarely a cloud in sight. In November the rain clouds start to build but rain tends not to fall until early December. Then, through the rainy period until around March, there will typically be a downpour for around an hour on some days, before the skies clear again. Time difference: GMT+1 hour

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Namibia on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Suggested itineraries angola

angola

Etosha National Park

Rundu

Etosha National Park namibia

Central Highlands

Skeleton Coast

Windhoek

botswana

Windhoek

botswana Sossusvlei

Sossusvlei

Victoria Falls & Livingstone Caprivi Strip

Etosha National Park

Damaraland

Swakopmund

angola

botswana

namibia NamibRand Nature Reserve

namibia south africa

south africa

Highlights of Namibia

Desert Flying

Caprivi Explorer

This itinerary is a self-drive circular trip of Namibia’s highlights. Many of the lodges have guides who will take you out to explore. We will provide you with maps and information so all you have to do is hop in the car and go.

See Namibia’s spectacular scenery from the air, with expert guides pointing out the sights. With no long drives and exciting flights, this trip is suited to those looking to enjoy Namibia’s highlights in comfort from luxurious camps.

This itinerary starts in Windhoek and ends at Victoria Falls and would suit both bird and wildlife enthusiasts.

Day 1

Fly to Windhoek.

Day 1

Fly to Windhoek.

Day 2

You will be greeted at the airport and driven into Windhoek.

Day 2

On arrival you will be met and driven into Windhoek.

Days 3-4

Collect your car and self-drive to Sossusvlei, staying within the park so you can explore the dunes.

Days 3-4

Fly to the NamibRand Nature Reserve. Explore the NamibRand on game drives and walking safaris.

Days 5-6

Drive to the colonial town of Swakopmund. Take a morning kayak trip to Pelican Point and explore the coastal town of Walvis Bay this afternoon.

Days 5-6

Fly to the Kulala Wilderness Reserve. Explore Sossusvlei on nature drives, quad bike and on foot – or perhaps take a hot air balloon over the desert.

Days 7-8

Drive to southern Damaraland. Search for desert-adapted elephant on guided game drives and view the ancient rock art at Twyfelfontein.

Days 9-10 Drive to Etosha National Park and stay within the park. View game from your vehicle and at the lodge’s waterhole. Day 11

Drive to Windhoek and leave the car at the airport to connect with your international flight.

Stay longer If you would like to end your trip with some relaxing time on a beach then we suggest adding on a week in Mauritius. A lush tropical island, Mauritius is quite a contrast to Namibia. We can recommend a handful of delightful boutique hotels with good food and service in quiet locations. All are set above picture perfect beaches and have beautiful pools, small spas and extensive water and land based activities.

Namib dune gecko, NamibRand Nature Reserve

Days 7-8

Fly to the Skeleton Coast. View shipwrecks, seal colonies and beautiful deserted landscapes.

Days 9-10 Fly to northern Damaraland. Track rhino and other game on foot and by vehicle. Days 11-12 Fly to Ongava to view big game in Etosha National Park and the private Ongava Reserve. Day 13

Fly to Windhoek and connect with your international flight home.

Stay longer

Day 1

Fly to Windhoek.

Day 2

On arrival you will be met and driven into Windhoek.

Day 3

Collect your vehicle and self-drive to the Central Highlands. View cheetah on guided walks and leopard and wild dog on guided drives.

Days 4-5

Drive to eastern Etosha and explore the game found in the region at your own pace.

Day 6

Head towards the Caprivi Strip, where the landscape becomes wetter. This evening you can take a boat trip down the river.

Days 7-12 Spend time exploring both the arid and wetland areas of the Caprivi Strip. Keep an eye out for the numerous species of birds as well as larger animals such as hippo, elephant and crocodiles. Days 13-15 Drive to Kasane and leave your car. Take a road transfer to Livingstone and enjoy boat trips on the Zambezi River, view Victoria Falls and explore Livingstone town.

Fly from Windhoek to Maun in Botswana and spend a few nights in the heart of the Okavango Delta. In contrast to Namibia, here you will be surrounded by twinkling rivers, water lilies, birds and frogs. Spend the days exploring by boat or mokoro and on morning and afternoon game drives to seek out Botswana’s big game.

Day 16

Aerial view of Sossusvlei

African jacana, Chobe River

From Livingstone connect with your international flight.

Stay longer Before travelling from Kasane to Victoria Falls you can include a stay in Botswana’s Chobe National Park. There is a wide variety of accommodation options and the density of elephant and lion in this area, particularly during the drier months of September and October is remarkable.

www.audleytravel.com/namibia • 01993 838 525 • Namibia

Botswana U

ndisputedly one of Africa’s premier safari destinations, Botswana offers a glorious combination of exceptional game viewing, unparalleled scenery and a choice of intimate camps. From the lush Okavango Delta to the semi-arid Kalahari Desert, its diverse landscapes and many remote and protected areas offer a safe refuge for a huge array of species. The Linyanti Wetlands and Chobe River attract huge herds of elephant and buffalo; hippo and crocodiles wallow in the rivers and a wide variety of birds fill the skies and trees with colour. The Okavango Delta is a labyrinth of waterways, lagoons, floodplains and islands that supports a complex web of life. To the south, the vast wilderness of the Central Kalahari is renowned for charismatic black-maned lion, honey badgers and bat-eared foxes, while the otherworldly landscape of the Makgadikgadi Pans supports a surprisingly diverse array of wildlife as well as the indigenous San Bushmen. mb

Caprivi Strip

nti ya Lin

Victoria Falls

Chobe National Park

Linyanti Wetlands

2 Moremi Game Reserve 8 Okavango Nxai Pan Delta National Park 1

Maun

100 miles

161 kilometres

6 Makgadikgadi Pans National Park

NAMIBIA

Ghanzi

ZIMBABWE

BOTSWANA po

Central Kalahari Game Reserve

Accommodation

l a h

Botswana has been extremely careful in the development of its camps and as a result there are only a small number of properties in the country. Although this can affect the price, we are able to recommend everything from simple stilted camps above the floodplains to luxurious lodges. Many of Botswana’s camps are unique in both character and location, and none are fenced, so don’t be surprised to find an elephant outside your door. Along with the high end properties there are a number of ways to explore on a more limited budget including mobile camping safaris which are a great way to discover the country and get closer to nature.

Kasane

e ob

hi as Sh

Audley’s long experience in Botswana means that we know the country and its lodges incredibly well, and can offer travellers new and exciting ways to explore. From mokoro trips around the beautiful Okavango Delta that allow you to get up close to hippo, crocodiles and birdlife, to adventures into the more remote and wild landscapes of the Central Kalahari and the Makgadikgadi Pans we organise tailor-made itineraries to suit your budget and interests.

ZAMBIA

i ez

Audley in Botswana

ANGOLA

SOUTH AFRICA

1 Central Okavango Delta An iconic region of tranquil waterways lined by papyrus and covered with waterlilies, you can spot wildlife drinking and wallowing as you explore by mokoro or on foot. See page 64 2 Moremi Game Reserve

At the heart of the delta, this is one of Africa’s finest big game areas and encompasses Chief’s Island which is famous for its game concentrations. See page 66 3 Chobe National Park Renowned for huge herds of elephant and buffalo, this is also a good area for predators. See page 71

GABORONE s

r t

4 Duba Plains Known for its huge herds of buffalo and the five large lion prides that specialise in hunting them. See page 65 5 Linyanti Wetlands A beautiful area encompassing plains and lagoons. One of the best places in Africa to see wild dog. See page 70 6 Makgadikgadi Pans

7 Central Kalahari

Game Reserve The desert blooms after the rains and attracts large numbers of plains game and predators. See page 74 8 Nxai Pan

National Park This stark desert environment supports good game densities and is the setting for Africa’s largest zebra migration. See page 74

National Park Stunning lunar scenery, giant baobabs, ancient San Bushman culture and clans of meerkats. See page 73

A pride of lion, Duba Plains

www.audleytravel.com/botswana • 01993 838 530 • Botswana

Mokoro trip, Okavango Delta

&Beyond Xaranna Okavango Delta Camp, Xudum Concession

&Beyond Xaranna Okavango Delta Camp

Central Okavango Delta The central Okavango has some of Africa’s most beautiful scenery with emerald-green floodplains, lush palm islands and deep blue channels of water covered in flowers. Carpets of orange river lilies, pink water lilies and water lettuce float between the papyrus, tiny reed frogs cling to the leaves, and in open lagoons only the corrugated back of a crocodile stirs the water. In the morning mist you can spot little bee-eaters perched in fluffy groups on the papyrus. Malachite, pied, woodland and pygmy kingfishers abound, whilst on the floodplains, wattled cranes, saddle billed storks and slaty egrets catch fish and frogs. Squashed reeds leading from the deep channels indicate a hippo track up to the dry land of a palm island. Here you will find elephant, giraffe, zebra and tsessebe. The central Okavango can be seen on game drives, walks and night drives, but boat and mokoro trips are the highlights.

Surrounded by beautiful wilderness with stunning views of the crystal clear channels, lagoons and floodplains of the delta, this camp is a birdwatcher’s paradise. Over 250 species thrive here including some rarities such as the Pel’s fishing owl and the endangered wattled crane. The camp has nine spacious tents decked out in minimalist style with bleached woods, four-poster beds and outdoor showers. Each tent has its own private lounge, plunge pool and sleeping platform for siestas. The camp prides itself on its food, which is served in the spacious communal areas or under the stars. Activities include helicopter flights and horseback safaris.

Xigera Camp, Xigera Concession This camp in one of the most beautiful parts of the Okavango is surrounded by deep water. It is the only camp in this area and offers unparalleled access to wildlife with exceptional mokoro trips, as well as walks and drives on nearby islands. There are eight spacious tents in a shady grove, overlooking a floodplain and a waterhole which is frequented by elephant, lechwe, buffalo and lots of birds. The tents are simple but comfortable with large beds and en suite bathrooms with indoor and outdoor showers. Meals are enjoyed in an open-sided

dining room with views of the river and there’s a plunge pool for hot afternoons and a roaring campfire at night.

Oddballs Enclave, Gunn’s Concession The traditionally-styled Oddballs Enclave is a secluded, rustic camp consisting of just five Meru tents. The tents feature a bed with crisp linens and each has its own outside bathroom with a bucket shower that you fill yourself. This ecologically conscious camp doesn’t offer motorised activities and utilises solar energy to power batteries and heat the water. The camp’s connections to the local community are strong and guests are encouraged to visit their guide’s home to learn about their culture and life in a remote delta village. The guides’ passion for the region make them some of the very best in the area.

Oddballs Enclave, Gunn’s Concession

OKAVANGO DELTA

Kwara Concession

Vumbura Concession Duba Shinde Concession Concession

Khwai Concession Jao Concession

Moremi Game Reserve

Xigera Concession

Abu Concession

Aerial view of the Okavango Delta

Chief's Island Chitabe Concession

Nxabega Concession Gunn’s Concession

Stanley’s Concession Xudum Concession

Maun

BOTSWANA

50 miles

80 kilometres

Giraffe, Okavango Delta

Okavango’s Mixed Wetlands At the fringes of the delta the waters of the Okavango meet the dry plains and create an area of spectacular beauty, home to some extraordinary game. The environment encompasses sweeping floodplains, islands of strangler figs, forests of tall mangosteen and open grassland. Plains game such as zebra, tsessebe, impala, giraffe, wildebeest and buffalo are found in large numbers in the drier areas and on the Duba Plains there are huge herds of buffalo. As the months pass and rainwater flows into the area seasonal channels and glassy pools fill with crystal clear water. Game drives and boat trips are possible all year round.

Kanana, Nxabega Concession Set in the Nxabega Concession near the Xudum River, Kanana has eight en suite safari tents. Outside, on the veranda, there are a couple of safari chairs – ideal for sitting with your binoculars and a book. The camp is built around a large tree with a communal dining area and steps down to a sandy boma where a fire blazes at night. The area is dotted with fig, palm and waterberry trees, providing valuable shade and lookout points for predators. Activities from Kanana include mokoro trips, boating, walking and game drives, and if you stay for three nights or more you can spend a night sleeping out in the bush.

&Beyond Nxabega Okavango Tented Camp, Nxabega Concession This camp is hidden away in the riverine vegetation and there are nine well-spaced tents here decorated in a classic, yet contemporary style. They feature teak floors, cowhide mats, porcupine-quill lamps and big, white candles for lighting at night. The food is particularly good with dining outside under the stars. Whilst game drives are possible, it is the boat and mokoro trips that are the highlights of a stay here. In the company of an expert guide, they are an excellent way to explore the Xou Lagoon.

Mokoros No trip to Botswana is complete without enjoying an afternoon exploring the twinkling waterways of the Okavango Delta in a mokoro. These traditional flat-bottomed canoes were used by families to traverse the shallow waterways of the delta, the head of the family propelling the vessel using a long pole, rather like punting. Today, most of the canoes used by safari lodges are made from fibreglass rather than hollowed trees, but still sit characteristically low in the water. Heading out silently along the edge of a waterway you can spot reed frogs, elephant drinking at the water’s edge and perhaps the elusive cape clawless otter playfully splashing in the water.

&Beyond Nxabega Okavango Tented Camp

www.audleytravel.com/botswana • 01993 838 530 • Botswana

Zebra, Moremi Game Reserve

Shinde, Shinde Concession

Pom Pom Camp, Pom Pom Concession

Pom Pom Camp, Pom Pom Concession Built in possibly one of the most picturesque spots in the delta, Pom Pom Camp sits under two huge fig trees on a low sand island overlooking the Pom Pom Lagoon. Lechwe and impala graze on the fringes of the lagoon, pygmy geese fly overhead and the green floodplains are visible in the distance. The lovely main thatch area and boma overlooking the lake is spacious and comfortable, and there is another open boma that backs onto the waterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s edge. Off to the side there are a couple of hammocks hanging from a jackalberry tree and sandy paths leading to the nine spacious, elegant tents. As Pom Pom is in such a beautiful area, the boating here is particularly good as are the game drives and night drives.

Situated on a large palm island in the northern Okavango Delta, Shinde overlooks papyrus beds bursting with birdlife on one side and large plains teeming with game on the other. The camp has eight classic safari tents raised up on decks and decorated in an elegant style. The open-sided central lounge is built on raised wooden decking, climbing amongst the trees on various levels towards a bowed canvas roof. On the uppermost level is the huge family dining table where meals are served. Shinde boasts a wide variety of activities including game drives and walking safaris. Predators here are a highlight, and leopard have been spotted here for many years.

Shinde, Shinde Concession

Okuti, Moremi Game Reserve

Okuti, Moremi Game Reserve The shallow floodplains, papyrus swamp and dense forest of Moremi support a wide variety of birds and wildlife and Okuti is ideally placed to make the most of the views. Positioned under shady trees at the edge of the Maunachira River near the Xakanaxa Lagoon, this camp has just seven delightfully unique mosasas with high domed roofs, and whitewashed wooden floors. The camp is family-friendly, with thoughtfully designed units incorporating two bedrooms and a shared en suite bathroom for those travelling with children. In the dining area a large table and outdoor fire deck, is the perfect setting for swapping tales with fellow guests after the sun has set. During your stay you can choose activities from a game drive to a boat cruise.

Hornbill, Moremi Game Reserve

Safari vehicle, Vumbura Concession

Female Kudu, Kwara Concession

Elephant, Vumbura Concession

Hippo, Moremi Game Reserve

Little Kwara Camp, Kwara Concession

Little Vumbura, Vumbura Concession

Small and secluded, Little Kwara is an intimate camp with just five tents nestled amongst the trees on a palm island overlooking a lagoon. Each of the simple but elegant tents is raised on a stilted wooden platform with a viewing deck at the front, a huge bed, an internal bath and separate outdoor shower to the rear. The main lodge is under thatch and houses a dining area and a lounge with a small bar. There is always a campfire lit at night, which, combined with the small number of guests, creates an intimate and relaxing atmosphere. This area has great game densities throughout the year and a wide range of predators and plains game can be found with the expert help of both a guide and tracker on delta safari activities.

On a tiny island surrounded by floodplains, Little Vumbura is a real hideaway accessed by boat through channels flanked by towering papyrus. When in camp, shaded by wild date palms and surrounded by long creepers, you feel as though you are tucked away in a jungle. There are seven tents, a central lounge and a small pool, all surrounded by bush. Each tent has been stylishly furnished with large beds and a shady veranda with views of the floodplains. At night the whole camp reverberates with the sound of reed frogs and hippo, and the outdoor deck is a wonderful place to stargaze. Activities at Little Vumbura include game drives in the dry land areas and mokoro excursions which offer particularly good birding. Night drives allow you to spot species such as the bush-baby, honey badger and leopard.

Little Kwara Camp, Kwara Concession

Vumbura Plains, Vumbura Concession

Vumbura Plains, Vumbura Concession Jackalberry and strangler fig trees shelter the luxurious Vumbura Plains camp which sits right in the heart of the Vumbura Concession. The camp overlooks a vast lagoon and is split into two separate sections, North Camp and South Camp, connected by a walkway. Each has its own dining, lounge and bar area, and seven open plan suites decorated in a modern, minimalist style with a large bedroom, lounge and both an indoor and outdoor shower. In addition, each suite has its own private plunge pool and large private deck with sun loungers. A highlight of a stay is an early morning mokoro trip to see little bee-eaters lined up on papyrus, crakes, pygmy geese and the night lilies closing whilst the day ones open.

Little Vumbura, Vumbura Concession

www.audleytravel.com/botswana â&#x20AC;˘ 01993 838 530 â&#x20AC;˘ Botswana

Leopard, Chief ’s Island

&Beyond Sandibe Okavango Safari Lodge, Chitabe Concession

&Beyond Sandibe Okavango Safari Lodge

Okavango’s drier regions Large, dry areas rich in game can be found stretching along the edges of the Okavango Delta as well as on Chief’s Island right at its centre. With both dry land and water available year round, these areas support an amazing variety of game. Lion are commonly seen, but leopard and wild dog are perhaps the greatest attraction. These fertile habitats are protected by the Moremi Game Reserve as well as the private Khwai, Chitabe and Stanley’s Concessions. Game drives are the main activity here but the landscape, and therefore the experience, varies dramatically with the seasons. When the floodwaters arrive in June, the Santantadibe River swells and spills into floodplains, which quickly become carpeted with water gentians and colonised by frogs while during the dry season, the river retreats to its banks and the grass again covers the floodplains.

Set in a cool forest canopy of wild palms and gnarled fig trees, this camp looks out over spectacular views. Rebuilt in an architecturally striking yet environmentally sensitive way, Sandibe uses local materials and organic design to create a tranquil setting for its 12 elegant suites. Pale colour schemes, cosy fireplaces and private plunge pools give the rooms a calm but luxurious style. There’s also a gym and a massage sala as well as an elegant dining area where superb food is served. The area boasts one of the best year round wildlife experiences in the delta.

Sango Safari Camp, Khwai Concession The Sango family were some of the original inhabitants of the Khwai area and are now part owners of this classic tented camp overlooking the Khwai River. Situated in a shady spot close to the traditional village of Khwai and the border of the Moremi Game Reserve, the camp has just six traditionally styled tents with handcrafted furniture and open-air bucket showers. As well as offering guests a good value option from which to explore on game drives, there is also the opportunity to visit Khwai village to learn about local life.

Mombo Camp, Chief’s Island Stylish and beautifully positioned, Mombo is one of Botswana’s most famous and opulent camps. From afar, the thatched roofs and traditional buildings may look like any other camp but up close the carefully chosen fittings and luxurious fabrics raise Mombo to a whole different level. Two pools, a gym, spa and excellent dining confirm the camp’s standing, while the nine open plan suites offer oceans of space and more sleek, indulgent design. Mohair blankets and guinea fowl feather lamps add a touch of the exotic while the large outside deck is perfect for a lunchtime snooze. Overlooking fertile plains, Mombo always seems to be surrounded by game. Vervet monkeys and baboons play along the wooden walkways and impala dart through the undergrowth whilst zebra and red lechwe graze in front of camp. Perhaps most unusual though, are the buffalo that have been known to sleep directly under the suites.

Mombo Camp, Chief ’s Island

Campfire, &Beyond Botswana Explorer Expedition

Mobile camping safaris Guided mobile camping safaris are a back-to-basics way of exploring Africa, allowing travellers to immerse themselves in the original spirit of safari. If lying in bed listening to an elephant snapping branches off a tree or waking up to the sound of a hyena eating appeals to you, then you are probably the perfect candidate for this unique form of adventure. Although conditions are more rustic than in permanent camps, and proximity to wildlife means that they are not for the faint-hearted, there is nothing quite like having a tiny camp on a palm island in the middle of the Okavango all to yourself. Regular departures include the Okavango Delta and Linyanti Wetlands, with some continuing on to the Chobe National Park or as far as Victoria Falls. Longer trips to the Central Kalahari are also possible. If you are a family or travelling in a group of four or more it is often both cost effective and great fun to take a private mobile safari across the country.

Letaka Safaris

&Beyond Botswana Explorer Expedition

Leopard tortoise, Chobe National Park

Letaka Safaris Locally owned and operated, Letaka Safaris offer great value scheduled trips across the country. Travelling in customised safari vehicles with a maximum of nine guests, there are a number of departures each month. Trips last for between six and ten days with the option to add on more time either at the start or end of your trip. Highly experienced guides, with a passion for the region, lead each trip with a team of support staff to cook tasty three course dinners and erect tents in advance of your arrival. Accommodation is comfortable in walk-in tents with canvas wash basins, en suite bucket showers and eco toilets.

A luxurious mobile camping option with guest numbers limited to just six people so a window seat is guaranteed. Customised 4x4s take guests to some of Botswana’s most remote and untouched regions where the crew erect the large dome tents in private campgrounds. Comfortable beds, en suite bathrooms with bucket showers and three course meals are produced as if from nowhere. Each trip is led by a professional guide and the entire crew are incredibly good at looking after your every need from a hot chocolate outside your tent on a chilly morning to a glass of red wine around the campfire at night.

&Beyond Botswana Explorer Expedition

www.audleytravel.com/botswana • 01993 838 530 • Botswana

Game drive from Duma Tau, Linyanti Concession

Linyanti Wetlands The Linyanti Wetlands lie northeast of the Okavango Delta, on the border with the Chobe National Park and Namibiaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Caprivi Strip. This huge wilderness area stretches along the winding Linyanti River and encompasses papyrus swamps, shady forests and open grasslands fragrant with wild sage. The region offers superb elephant sightings with breeding herds in their hundreds frequently seen crossing the Linyanti River. On drives along the floodplains red lechwe, impala, zebra, waterbuck and giraffe can also be spotted. Away from the river, forests of jackalberry and knobthorn trees are alive with troops of baboons. Predators are ever-present, with resident prides of lion, hyena, leopard and cheetah. There are several concessions in this region; the Kwando Concession is renowned for its packs of wild dog, the Selinda Concession has lion that hunt hippo, whilst the Linyanti Concession is known for herds of elephant.

Lagoon Camp, Kwando Concession Sitting among massive African ebony and marula trees on the edge of a lagoon fed by the Kwando River, Lagoon Camp has a reputation for big game, especially in the dry season. These vast herds attract the predators in large numbers and the lions of Kwando are renowned for elephant, hippo and buffalo kills. Eight spacious and bright safari tents offer views onto the lagoon. Inside, natural materials and neutral colour schemes create a tranquil setting with polished wooden floors and indoor and outdoor bathrooms. The camp also has a relaxing communal area including a plunge pool. Meals are enjoyed at a communal table, lit up with lanterns in the evenings. The camp offers game drives and night drives but the highlight of a stay here is a river trip, perfect for birdwatching and game viewing.

Duma Tau, Linyanti Concession On the Osprey Lagoon, overlooking a wide curve in the Linyanti River, the waterfront Duma Tau, meaning lion roars, stands in the shade of large mangosteen trees. There are ten thatch and canvas rooms here, all linked by raised wooden walkways. Each one is thoughtfully decorated with pale woods and linens, copper basins and lots of little touches such as animal

Lagoon Camp, Kwando Concession

check lists; they also have a private deck and indoor and outdoor shower with views of the reed beds and the river beyond. The main communal area is an open-sided tent with comfy sofas set by the wooden bar, large hessian mats, lots of books and a big communal dining table on a separate level. Activities include game drives, boat trips and guided walks. There is also a choice of two hides to watch game from.

Zarafa Camp, Selinda Concession The camp has just four luxuriously appointed tents and a two bedroomed canvas villa, perfect for families. Each cavernous tent is split into two sections acting as a grand living area and a stylish bedroom. The style throughout is traditional safari, with comfortable sofas, dark wood furnishings, a spirits bar, small library and an old fashioned telescope in the living space. There is also a good sized plunge pool on each tentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; deck and each is equipped with professional camera equipment and binoculars for your use. Dining is private and can be either on your decking, in the main lodge or at one of the many beautiful spots around the camp. Activities focus on day and night game drives, boating and walking.

Duma Tau, Linyanti Concession

Zarafa Camp, Selinda Concession

Greater kudu, Chobe National Park

Elephant, Chobe National Park

Chobe National Park Covering an area from the tip of northeastern Botswana to the edge of the Linyanti Wetlands and the fringes of the Okavango Delta, Chobe National Park is expansive. It has a wide range of distinctive landscapes from the emerald floodplains of the Chobe River to the sweeping grasslands of the Savuti Marsh and the glittering Savuti Channel. Herbivores, attracted by the lush grasslands, include wildebeest, impala, kudu, waterbuck, giraffe and tsessebe. The puku is also found here, as is the Chobe bushbuck. Predator sightings are good, with leopard, cheetah, wild dog and large prides of lion that hunt elephant, as well as serval and black-backed jackal. At some times of the year elephant numbers are in the tens of thousands, in the dry season they line the banks and cross the Chobe River.

&Beyond Chobe Under Canvas, Chobe National Park

Black-backed jackal, Chobe National Park

The Garden Lodge, Kasane

Pied kingfisher, Chobe National Park

&Beyond Chobe Under Canvas, Chobe National Park This semi-permanent camp with five spacious tents is ideal for those seeking a return to the more traditional safari without compromising on quality. The tents are simple but stylish and feature tasteful decor, wooden flooring and an open-sided veranda, perfect for enjoying the view. While the accommodation at the camp is fairly modest, the service, quality of safari guiding and standard of food are absolutely superb and equal to those found at any of Botswana’s more luxurious permanent lodges. One of the highlights here is a boat trip along the Chobe River.

Relaxed and welcoming, the Garden Lodge is a small, intimate guesthouse just outside Kasane town with lovely views across the lawns to the Chobe River. There are just eight rooms, all of which are decorated in neutral colours with teak and wicker furnishings and locally-made crafts. Ground floor rooms have a small covered patio while the first floor rooms have balconies and an open mezzanine level with twin beds making them ideal for families. A lounge decorated with African masks and woven baskets makes a good place to relax and meals are eaten communally, offering guests a chance to meet other travellers and share stories. Two activities a day are possible, usually with a morning game drive into the Chobe National Park and an afternoon boat trip. It is also possible to arrange a fishing trip, mokoro ride or a day trip to Victoria Falls. Alternatively, you could just relax in the swimming pool.

The Garden Lodge, Kasane

www.audleytravel.com/botswana • 01993 838 530 • Botswana

Herd of elephant, Chobe River

Muchenje Safari Lodge, Chobe Forest Reserve

Chobe Elephant Camp, Chobe Forest Reserve

Perched high on an escarpment with views over the Chobe River and the seasonal floodplains beyond, the lodge and rooms at Muchenje have been built to make the most of their wonderful location. The 11 thatched chalets are tastefully and elegantly decorated with large bathrooms, comfortable beds and a private veranda. The main lodge features a number of indoor and outdoor seating areas where you can soak up the view, or you can lounge in the pool. Communal dining around a shared table each evening adds to the homely atmosphere and guests are always well looked after by the owner managers. Activities at Muchenje include game drives and river cruises to view elephant, hippo, crocodiles and birds. As Muchenje is located in the Chobe Forest Reserve you can enjoy night drives and game walks which are not permitted in the Chobe National Park.

The eco-friendly Chobe Elephant Camp is located high on the edge of a rocky ridge overlooking the Chobe River. Uniquely designed and constructed from sandbags to create a natural barrier to the summer heat, the rooms are artfully styled to create an air of rustic chic. Exposed beams and roughly plastered walls combine with tasteful furniture and fabrics in the central lodge which has been built to take advantage of the incredible views overlooking the sweeping floodplain. Along with the dining room and lounge, there is a pool and a small library. The ten standard chalets and one family chalet are simply decorated but comfortable, and all come with private verandas that afford excellent views. At night, guests can take a seat in front of the fire before dinner, with lighting provided by solar powered lanterns.

Ngoma Safari Lodge, Chobe Forest Reserve This lodge is located in the Chobe Forest Reserve and offers luxurious accommodation in a wild bush setting. The eight suites have private plunge pools and floor to ceiling windows providing panoramic views of the Chobe River and the wildlife grazing on the floodplain below. A magnificent baobab tree shelters the main area of the lodge which also offers superb views

Muchenje Safari Lodge, Chobe Forest Reserve

over the river, with the best outlook from the outside seating area. Activities from the lodge include village and school visits to learn about local culture, as well as river cruises, game drives in Chobe National Park and night drives in the forest reserve around the lodge.

Zambezi Voyager Houseboat, Chobe River An unusual but rewarding accommodation option, the Zambezi Voyager is a comfortably appointed houseboat which offers guests the chance to float along the Chobe River, mooring at different points each night. The boat is equipped with four smaller tenders, allowing total flexibility with activities which include game viewing along the riverâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s edge, birding, fly and conventional fishing, as well as visiting one of the local villages who lease the mooring points. Catering for a maximum of ten guests, the boat has five cabins on the lower deck, each with twin or double beds, while above them there is an open plan living room with a large dining table and bar. The sides are floor to ceiling glass doors which open completely, allowing you to cruise slowly down the river enjoying the gentle breeze. The top deck is ideal for sunbathing, relaxing and watching the world go by.

Chobe Elephant Camp, Chobe Forest Reserve

Ngoma Safari Lodge, Chobe Forest Reserve

Zambezi Voyager Houseboat, Chobe River

Sunset over Makgadikgadi Pans National Park

San elder, Makgadikgadi Pans National Park

Makgadikgadi Pans National Park

San Camp, Makgadikgadi Pans National Park

The Makgadikgadi Pans are simply a place like no other. Mile upon mile of shimmering salttopped land stretches endlessly to the horizon. The pans are the relics of Africa’s super lake that covered the Kalahari several million years ago and are littered with the fossils of the changing ecosystems that followed. Meerkats, mongooses, brown hyena, aardvarks and aardwolves are present all year round. Secretary birds, ostriches and korhaans step through the grass and the bateleurs soar overhead. When the rains arrive a dramatic change takes place; pink flamingos come to feed, herds of zebra and wildebeest migrate to the savannah and the sound of frogs fills the air. There are only a few camps in the Makgadikgadi, and whether you stay in the dry or rainy season they all offer a unique and unforgettable experience.

Camp Kalahari, Makgadikgadi Pans National Park

Habituated meerkats, Makgadikgadi Pans

Camp Kalahari, Makgadikgadi Pans National Park Nestled amongst the acacias and mokolwane palms of Brown Hyena Island on the edge of the Makgadikgadi Pans, Camp Kalahari offers an excellent experience for those who want a bit of adventure without sacrificing comfort. The camp retains a rustic edge but the rich colonial decor gives it personality and flair. The main lodge and ten Meru tents contain an eclectic mix of local and antique furniture, Moroccan rugs, four-poster beds and handmade crafts. The food is excellent and meals are eaten communally, and there is also a swimming pool to cool off in during the heat of the day. Activities include tracking with San Bushmen, exploring the pans on quad bikes and visiting the famous Chapman’s Baobab. You can also meet the habituated meerkats, who may climb on you to improve their viewpoint.

The luxurious, but seasonal, San Camp sits on the edge of the Makgadikgadi Pan and offers dramatic views of the unique landscape. There are just six cream safari tents here, well spaced apart and beautifully decorated with dark polished wooden floors and antique chests. The spacious lounge is filled with Bedouin cushions, perfect for relaxing and taking in the view. There is no electricity at the camp, giving it an authentic safari feel and it looks beautiful at night when it is lit with lamps. San Camp is available to guests between April and October and offers a wide variety of activities led by an excellent team of guides and researchers. You can choose to watch shy brown hyena, sit surrounded by meerkats, walk with the San Bushmen or lie on a salt pan watching the stars.

San Camp, Makgadikgadi Pans National Park

www.audleytravel.com/botswana • 01993 838 530 • Botswana

Baines’ Baobabs, Nxai Pan National Park

Central Kalahari Game Reserve The Central Kalahari Game Reserve dominates the heart of Botswana. It’s a vast sand wilderness punctuated by open plains, occasional salt pans and fossil remains preserved in ancient riverbeds. During the rains from January to March the fresh grass attracts hundreds of migratory grazers such as springbok, zebra and wildebeest. Predators such as lion, cheetah, leopard and jackal follow, and on rare occasions wild dog and brown hyena. Birdlife is varied, with the world’s heaviest flying bird, the kori bustard, frequently spotted and the amusingly coiffed secretary birds regularly seen strutting across the plains. Later in the year the animals tend to move away from the open valley areas, making game viewing more challenging. However, it is at this time of year that you experience the true wilderness of the Central Kalahari, with other visitors few and far between.

Tau Pan Camp, Central Kalahari Game Reserve

Tau Pan Camp, Central Kalahari Game Reserve Eight desert chalets look out over the surrounding plains at the remote Tau Pan Camp. Constructed under thatch in order to remain cool during the heat of the day and positioned on a ridge so that they catch the breeze, they offer an extremely tranquil place to stay. Each of the spacious rooms is beautifully decorated and comes with an indoor and outdoor shower and outside deck with comfy chairs to enjoy the magnificent views. The camp also has a small swimming pool and a central lodge area where you can enjoy communal dining at the end of an adventurous day.

Nxai Pan National Park The Nxai Pan National Park is situated on the northern fringes of the ancient Makgadikgadi Lake basin. The huge Baines’ Baobabs, made famous by painter Thomas Baines, are the most striking landmarks in this very flat area of huge open grasslands. During the rains Nxai Pan is covered in lush green grass which triggers the migration of thousands of zebra. Large giraffe herds move across the pans between the acacia islands, which they prune into characteristic hourglass shapes. In the dry season small herds of breeding elephant can sometimes be seen, as well as the occasional tsessebe. Predators are represented by lion, cheetah, hyena and wild dog.

Bateleur eagles, Central Kalahari Game Reserve

Nxai Pan Camp, Nxai Pan National Park The camp consists of eight desert chalets, each one luxuriously appointed with calm, uncluttered decor and both indoor and outdoor showers. A private deck provides an ideal spot to watch game and retreat from the heat of the day. The lodge has a dining room with a communal dining table, a lounge area with viewing deck, and a swimming pool, library and curio shop. Activities focus on game drives in open 4x4 vehicles, with walks also available.

Nxai Pan Camp, Nxai Pan National Park

Suggested itineraries Tailoring your trip

angola namibia

The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Botswana specialists to start planning your itinerary.

angola

zambia namibia Kwando Concession

Vumbura Concession

Selinda Concession

Kwara Concession

Maun Chief’s Island

T 01993 838 530

botswana Maun

Getting around

botswana Central Kalahari Game Reserve

Most remote areas of Botswana are accessed by light aircraft or 4x4. There are a number of light aircraft flights originating in either Maun or Kasane. The flight transfers act rather like a bus service, with planes often landing at multiple airstrips to collect and drop off passengers before reaching their end destination. Flights between camps are usually in the middle of the day meaning you can still enjoy a morning and afternoon activity. If flying is not your thing then road transfers to the more accessible parks such as Chobe are possible or alternatively you can take a private or shared mobile safari. Botswana is easy to combine with a trip to Victoria Falls.

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33 33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

The Very Best of Botswana The camps used in this itinerary are some of the finest in Africa. Renowned for their luxury and the incredible game densities in the surrounding areas, the three lodges are situated in the most exclusive parts of the delta. Game can be viewed from a variety of different perspectives; from the air, 4x4, boat, on foot and also by mokoro. Day 1

Days 2-4 Arrive in Maun and meet your pilot who will fly you to the private Vumbura Concession where you will take a game drive to Vumbura Plains. Expert guides will accompany you on safari, whether you choose a game drive, guided walk, mokoro trip or boat safari. Days 5-7

5 Travel is not recommended.

Botswana has a subtropical desert climate characterised by low rainfall and wide temperature fluctuations between day and night. The dry season runs from May to October and the green season is from November to April, although the rains are regional. When planning a trip to the Okavango Delta water levels must be considered. Rain that has fallen in the Angolan Highlands can take months to trickle down through the delta, flooding different parts of the region and creating deeper lagoons and hundreds of channels from June onwards. The waters recede around November and more dry land is exposed. This affects some activities at camps but our specialists can advise you on the best camps to go to during the different seasons. Time difference: GMT+2 hours

Prices

Fly overnight to Maun via Johannesburg.

Fly by light aircraft to Chief’s Island in the heart of the Moremi Game Reserve. Stay at Mombo Camp and enjoy game drives in the mornings and afternoons when the wildlife is most active.

Days 8-10 Continue by light aircraft to the Selinda Concession and the beautiful Zarafa Camp overlooking the Zibadianja Lagoon. Enjoy game drives, guided walks and boat safaris. Day 11

Fly to Johannesburg via Maun where you will connect with your international flight.

Emerald Season Explorer This trip is tailored to be at its best during Botswana’s great value green season from November to April. It starts in the Central Kalahari which comes to life at this time of year. From here you head into the delta to an area of water and dry land. You can explore rivers and lagoons by boat and the plains in open 4x4s. The trip ends in the Linyanti Wetlands, an area renowned for large elephant herds and packs of wild dog. Day 1

Fly overnight to Maun via Johannesburg.

Days 2-4 Arrive in Maun and fly to the Central Kalahari Game Reserve. Enjoy game drives and walking safaris in search of migrating zebra. Days 5-7

Fly to the Kwara Concession which is known for its wild dog safaris.

Days 8-10 Fly to the Kwando Concession. Enjoy game viewing in open 4x4s. Day 11

Fly to Johannesburg via Maun where you will connect with your international flight.

Stay longer A good way to start or finish a trip to Botswana is with a few nights at Victoria Falls. You can travel down the Zambezi River on a sunset boat trip, or take a visit to Victoria Falls.

Stay longer A week on the beach is a great way to end a safari, and Botswana combines well with the Quirimbas Archipelago in northern Mozambique. This string of coral islands has hidden coves and soft sandy beaches where green turtles nest. You could stay on a private island with nothing more to do than relax on the sand, or explore Ibo Island and wander its ruined Swahili city.

We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Botswana on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Pride of lion, Savute Channel, Linyanti Wetlands

www.audleytravel.com/botswana • 01993 838 530 • Botswana

Zambia T

he wild heart of Africa, Zambia is home to South Luangwa National Park where walking safaris were pioneered. Its prolific game is especially exhilarating, as elephant, lion, wild dog, spotted hyena, giraffe and puku are all frequent sightings. Leopard, which are ubiquitous in South Luangwa, porcupine and honey badger are the nocturnal stars of the show. To the southwest, Kafue National Park covers a vast area where lion prides can be seen reclining in ancient ebony trees, whilst cheetah sprint across the Busanga Plains in hot pursuit of their next meal. To the south the Zambezi River crashes over the mighty Victoria Falls, known to locals as ‘the smoke that thunders’, before flowing through Lake Kariba to Lower Zambezi National Park. Here the backdrop of the beautiful Zambezi Escarpment adds scenic grandeur to the wildlife spectacle as kingfishers dart and hippo wallow in the tranquil waterside setting. Zambia is untamed, little-explored and as wild as it has ever been.

Audley in Zambia

161 kilometres

Luang wa North Luangwa National Park

ZAMBIA Lua ng w

Luf

upa

South Luangwa National Park

g un

Busanga Plains

Kafue Kafue National Park

LUSAKA

Mfuwe

MALAWI LILONGWE

Lower Zambezi National Park

3 Lake Kariba

Malawi

Shiwa Ng’andu

e Lak

Bangweulu Wetlands

zi be

Accommodation In the national parks you’ll find a mixture of lodges and bush camps. The lodges are often larger with more facilities, while the bush camps tend to be in remote areas, often rustic and crafted out of reed and thatch, but beautifully appointed inside. The camps tend to be small and intimate and are built overlooking rivers or waterholes. Dining and activities are usually communal and the dining rooms might be under a sausage tree or on a raised deck, whilst the open-air bathrooms are sometimes visited by a tree frog or two. All accommodation is unfenced so it’s common for wildlife to wander through camp. Livingstone’s beautiful riverside lodges are the ideal place to start or end a safari; from here you can enjoy Victoria Falls, take a relaxing boat cruise on the Zambezi River and fall asleep to the sound of hippo grunting in the water.

100 miles

Lake Tanganyika

mbezi Za

Zambia is one of our favourite countries in southern Africa and our extensive knowledge comes from many years of travelling and operating safaris in the region. Our chosen camps are small and run by friendly people whose welcome is always warm. They are also close to nature – you might have a vervet monkey on the roof of your banda or a hippo grazing the lodge lawn at night. The country’s main game areas, the Luangwa Valley, Lower Zambezi and Kafue, are all reached by a good network of flights. Travellers usually spend time in one or two areas to enjoy the contrasting scenery and game. There are several good trip extension options including a few days in Livingstone to see Victoria Falls or a short flight to scenic Lake Malawi.

Mana Pools National Park

Livingstone Victoria Falls

1 South Luangwa

ZIMBABWE

4 Kafue National Park

National Park The home of the walking safari and one of the best parks in Africa for leopard sightings. See pages 78-80 2 North Luangwa

A wilderness of rivers, picturesque woodland and extensive floodplains such as Busanga, home to tree climbing lion. See pages 84-85

5 Livingstone

Livingstone offers beautiful, relaxing riverside lodges perfect for visiting Victoria Falls. See pages 86-87

National Park A wild park with numerous lion and buffalo, excellent for remote walking safaris. See page 81 3 Lower Zambezi

National Park One of Africa’s most scenic wildlife areas, bordered by the Zambezi River to the south and the Zambezi Escarpment to the north. Game can be spotted on foot, by canoe, 4x4 or by boat. See page 83

Carmine bee-eater, South Luangwa National Park

www.audleytravel.com/zambia • 01993 838 505 • Zambia

Hippo, Chinzombo Camp, South Luangwa National Park

South Luangwa National Park South Luangwa National Park is situated in a wide rift valley, flanked by the Muchinga Escarpment to the west and the meandering Luangwa River to the east. Much of the game is found near the river, with herds of elephant and buffalo descending the banks to drink. Large crocodiles laze on sandbanks and at dusk hundreds of hippo leave their pools and lumber up the banks to graze. Predators abound, with lion and spotted hyena common, while the frequent leopard sightings are a highlight. There are over 400 species of bird, including flocks of crowned cranes, yellow-billed storks and iridescent carmine bee-eater colonies. Walking safaris are a speciality but you can also enjoy day and night drives in open 4x4s.

Luangwa River Camp, South Luangwa National Park

Chinzombo Camp, South Luangwa National Park

Luangwa River Camp, South Luangwa National Park

Chinzombo Camp, South Luangwa National Park

Nestled under an ancient ebony tree on the banks of the Luangwa River lies the Luangwa River Camp. This exclusive lodge, part of the Robin Pope Safaris portfolio, consists of just five suites stylishly furnished with huge beds and sunken stone baths looking out on to the Luangwa River. The lodge itself is elevated on a wooden deck, affording great views of the park and river, and has a feature double plunge pool sunk into the deck on two levels and connected by a waterfall. The lodgeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s resident chef prepares delicious meals which are usually eaten with other guests. The small size of the lodge affords flexibility. You can enjoy game drives and walking safaris ranging from half day tours to full day activities with a bush lunch, to allow you to explore the different areas of the national park.

The pioneer of Zambian walking safaris, Norman Carr, used Chinzombo Camp as his base back in the 1970s. Today, given a new lease of life, the lodge is the most luxurious in the South Luangwa. It has six huge villas, each with a private plunge pool and spacious deck, open plan bedroom and bathroom with both a bathtub and shower. Canvas walls can be rolled up to enjoy the views, or down to keep the warmth in at night. The decor throughout is modern and minimal giving the camp an exclusive feel. There is also a spa at the camp which uses natural, local ingredients, with treatments taking place in the villas and overlooking the river. Chinzombo Camp is open all year so is an excellent choice for a green season safari.

Bend in the Luangwa River

Lion, South Luangwa National Park

Yellow-billed stork, South Luangwa National Park

Walking safari, South Luangwa National Park

Mfuwe Lodge, South Luangwa National Park

Bilimungwe Bushcamp, South Luangwa National Park

The lodge has a prime location, overlooking the pretty Mfuwe Lagoon. There are high beamed ceilings and thatched roofs, with a large open plan dining room, lounge and bar area that leads onto a pool deck with a bush spa off to one side. Stone paths lead to 18 modern chalets with sundecks overlooking the lagoon. Inside, the chalets are spacious with comfortable seating areas. Activities focus on morning, afternoon and night drives in open 4x4s. If travelling in October, November or December, you may be lucky enough to witness the resident elephant herd walking through the reception to feed off the mango trees in the enclosed gardens.

Set in a remote riverine forest area, Bilimungwe has four huge reed and thatch chalets. Each is brightly furnished with polished wooden floors, king or queen beds and private decks. The dining area and bar are constructed on a raised decking area with views of Bilimungwe’s permanent waterhole and the abundant game that it attracts, while sundowners are enjoyed by the clear shallow waters of the Kapamba River, only a short walk away. The camp provides a stylish environment in which to enjoy this idyllic setting. Evenings are spent searching for the park’s nocturnal residents before returning to the camp for a delicious dinner and stories around the campfire. Bilimungwe is a rewarding place to enjoy this part of the park with excellent facilities and plenty of wildlife wandering through camp.

Chamilandu Bushcamp, South Luangwa National Park

Chamilandu Bushcamp, South Luangwa National Park A stylish and attractive camp built in one of the Luangwa Valley’s remote, riverside locations, Chamilandu features three unique tree house chalets raised two metres off the ground. Each chalet opens out to a 180 degree river vista providing an exciting frame for all of the Luangwa Valley’s wildlife. The four-poster beds enjoy a bird’s eye view over the waters of the Luangwa River, with the magnificent Nchindeni Hills as the backdrop. A series of seven oxbow lagoons around Chamilandu creates diverse habitats and attracts abundant wildlife. Catering for all safari tastes, the camp offers morning walks and combinations of day and night game drives.

Mfuwe Lodge, South Luangwa National Park

Bilimungwe Bushcamp, South Luangwa National Park

www.audleytravel.com/zambia • 01993 838 505 • Zambia

Carmine bee-eaters, South Luangwa National Park

Lion Camp, South Luangwa National Park

Kaingo Camp, South Luangwa National Park

Located in the north of the park, Lion Campâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s remote situation means guests enjoy a private and wild safari experience. The camp overlooks a lagoon and is unfenced so it is not unusual for antelope, elephant, hippo or even lion to wander through during the day. Linked by raised wooden walkways, the nine luxurious canvas and thatch chalets feature four-poster beds, brightly coloured local fabrics and private verandas. The centre of camp has a large deck where dinner is often eaten under the stars. It is one of the few camps in the park to have a small pool, which is very welcome in the hot summer months. Activities are either on foot or by 4x4 in this game rich area of the park.

Overlooking the Luangwa River at its confluence with the Mwamba River is Kaingo Camp. A noisy pod of hippo lounge in front of the lodge and numerous bee-eaters flit around the riverbanks. The dining room has a unique bar carved out of an old leadwood tree-trunk and thereâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s a deck over the river which is perfect for relaxing in the afternoon with a book. The lodge has a very peaceful and laid-back atmosphere and has just six private chalets each with a shaded deck on the riverbank where individual lunches are served. Walks, drives and night-drives are all possible. The camp is a haven for keen photographers with a series of hides, previously used by National Geographic and the BBC for filming the wildlife at close quarters.

Flatdogs Camp, South Luangwa National Park

Lion Camp, South Luangwa National Park

Flatdogs Camp, South Luangwa National Park Flatdogs is something of a Luangwa institution. The camp offers good value, comfortable accommodation and is located just outside the park, a mere two minutes away from the gate. It is built on the banks of the Luangwa with views of the river, dambos and lagoons. There are hippo and birds to see and plenty of wildlife passes through camp. There are 19 rooms: accommodation is in stone chalets, tents with open-air bathrooms or the memorable Jackalberry Tree House. A unique construction, it is built around ebony trees and overlooks a waterhole which is popular with visiting elephant and giraffe. With two open-fronted en suite bedrooms and a central lounge and dining area, it is perfect for families or friends travelling together.

Sleep out, Kaingo Camp, South Luangwa National Park

Reed frog, Bangweulu Wetlands

Boehm’s bee-eater, Kasanka National Park

Black lechwe, Bangweulu Wetlands

Bangweulu Wetlands

Walking safari, North Luangwa National Park

These seasonally flooded grass plains around the Lukulu River support an incredible diversity of water birds. The shoebill stork is a particular draw and there are also wattled cranes, sacred ibises, spur-winged geese and swamp flycatchers. Although a haven for birders, you will also find lots of elephant, buffalo, reedbuck and substantial herds of black lechwe. The wetlands are well off the beaten track and although the accommodation options don’t quite match the South Luangwa for luxury, Bangweulu is nevertheless a great destination for an authentic African safari experience.

North Luangwa National Park The North Luangwa is a wild park with virtually no roads and thus the focus is on walking safaris. The small Mwaleshi River runs through the park with clear shallow waters and low banks. Game gravitates towards the river, particularly in the dry season when it is common to see buffalo, lion and hyena in healthy numbers. There are some particularly pretty dambos covered in brilliant Nile cabbage with a hippo or two only visible by their flickering ears. We recommend adding this park onto the end of a safari in the South Luangwa, and suggest that you stay at least four days to explore this peaceful wilderness. Straw-coloured fruit bats, Kasanka National Park

Shoebill stork, Bangweulu Wetlands

Kasanka National Park Kasanka is a beautiful national park in northern Zambia, west of the North and South Luangwa National Parks. It is a little-known park and a wilderness area of woodland, plains, lakes, rivers and swamps. Kasanka forms a valuable protected area for many endangered species and it is possible to explore by 4x4 safari, on foot and by boat on the Luombwa River. Drives and walks reveal elephant, sable, puku, southern reedbuck, defassa waterbuck, Lichtenstein’s hartebeest, tree dassies and blue monkeys. The lucky may even spot the more elusive sitatunga. Boat trips are excellent for spotting birds, with species including Pel’s fishing owl, African finfoot and Boehm’s bee-eater, as well as hippo and crocodiles. One of the undisputed highlights of Kasanka occurs in November and December, when millions of straw-coloured fruit bats fill the skies in one of the largest mammalian migrations in the world.

www.audleytravel.com/zambia • 01993 838 505 • Zambia

Game drive from Robin’s House, South Luangwa National Park

Safari houses

Robin’s House, South Luangwa National Park

The concept of the safari house, an option ideal for families or small groups, was pioneered in Zambia. The country has a selection of beautiful houses, all built in the middle of the bush, with spacious living areas, characterful bedrooms and luxurious bathrooms. On stepping out through the front door, however, you might encounter puku on the lawn or an elephant drinking from the swimming pool. Each house comes complete with a private guide and activities that can be tailored to each specific age group. Game drives can be enjoyed by parents and children together, or the children can enjoy their own special safari programme. There are activities for young guests, ranging from collecting seed pods to animal tracking lessons and baking with the chef.

Luangwa Safari House, South Luangwa National Park

Robin’s House, South Luangwa National Park

Chongwe River House, Lower Zambezi National Park

Shaded by ebony trees and overlooking the Luangwa River, Robin’s House welcomes you with inviting stone steps leading up into a cool central living room. Off to each side there is a bedroom, one with a double bed and one with three single beds. Each bedroom has an en suite bathroom with shower and bathtub and outside is a large plunge pool overlooking the Luangwa River. Guests at Robin’s House can choose to dine or use the facilities at the nearby Nkwali or stay in the privacy of their own house with their own chef and guide. Activities are in a private vehicle and you can explore on full day trips into the park or take a shorter trip and return to relax and game view from the comfort of your safari house.

One of the most striking safari houses in Zambia, Chongwe River House is built around a frame of wild wood, its organic curved walls following the natural lines of the timbers. The two storey house sits in a secluded location on the banks of the Chongwe River with panoramic views of the escarpment beyond. Inside, furniture made from winterthorn trees, basins carved from wood and white marble, and ceilings decorated with coloured pebbles from the river complete the unique design. The four bedrooms are open-fronted and each has spectacular views, while the large open plan lounge and dining room lead onto a huge outdoor patio and good sized pool next to the river. The lawn surrounding the house is ideal for al fresco dining under the stars.

Luangwa Safari House, South Luangwa National Park The Luangwa Safari House overlooks a seasonal lagoon frequented by elephant and giraffe. It is built around ancient leadwood trees complemented by natural materials such as stone and thatch. There are four en suite bedrooms with two upstairs and two downstairs. The first floor bedrooms have a distinctive balcony whilst those on the ground floor each have a little patio. The centre of the house is dominated by a stunning double-height, open-fronted living room with sweeping views, whilst outside there is a plunge pool and a walkway out to a viewing deck above the waterhole.

Chongwe River House, Lower Zambezi National Park

Canoeing from Sausage Tree Camp

Waterbuck, Lower Zambezi National Park

Malachite kingfisher, Lower Zambezi National Park

View over the Zambezi River to the Zambezi Escarpment, Lower Zambezi National Park

Chongwe River Camp, Lower Zambezi National Park

Lower Zambezi National Park From the Zambezi Escarpment the vast rift valley of Lower Zambezi will unfold before you with curving oxbow lagoons and the waters of the great Zambezi River. Hippo pods wallow in the water, buffalo herds can be seen on the floodplains, and elephant gather. With its floodplains, grasslands and tall forests the Lower Zambezi Valley supports fantastic game densities all set against the scenic backdrop of the Zambezi Escarpment. Impala are everywhere and kudu, eland, waterbuck, zebra and wildebeest are also common, although giraffe are notably absent. Elephant are often seen swimming across the river to feed on the grassy islands where buffalo graze, while kingfishers and African skimmers flit above the waters. Predators include leopard, large prides of lion and packs of wild dog.

Honeymoon suite, Sausage Tree Camp

Chongwe River Camp, Lower Zambezi National Park

Sausage Tree Camp, Lower Zambezi National Park

At the confluence of the Chongwe and Zambezi Rivers, Chongwe River Camp sits under a canopy of winterthorn acacias. A relaxed and friendly camp, the nine cool and comfortable tents all face the river and feature hand-crafted furniture and local fabrics. In addition there are two comfortable suites, ideal for couples or families, each with private lounge and pool. A hippo pod occupies the river in front of the lodge and crocodiles often laze on the opposite riverbank alongside storks, herons and geese. Activities from Chongwe River Camp are varied and include game drives, walking safaris, boat trips and canoeing. One of the most relaxing ways of game watching is on a morning’s tiger fishing. Floating down the river, without the sound of the engine you will see all sorts of game coming to the river bank to quench their thirst.

Perched on a high sandy bank where bee-eaters nest in the heart of the national park, Sausage Tree Camp has a commanding position. There are eight stylish tents with huge beds, antique telephones (the network extends as far as the bar), comfortable seating and open-air showers. Kigelia House is the camp’s family quarters with two bedrooms. The main lodge has an airy feel with lots of books and a large dining room where excellent meals are served. There is also a long pool perfect for swimming lengths. Activities include guaranteed private game drives, walking safaris, boat trips, and canoeing.

Old Mondoro, Lower Zambezi National Park The original bush camp within the Lower Zambezi National Park, Old Mondoro is small and rustic. Surrounded by good walking country, it is the ideal camp from which to enjoy walks and game drives as well as the usual boat cruises. There are just four chalets with double beds, en suite outdoor bathrooms and timber decks complete with comfortable day beds. There is also a family suite with two bedrooms. At night, lanterns lead from the chalets to the dining room, where evenings are spent enjoying delicious food with the other guests under the starlit sky.

Old Mondoro, Lower Zambezi National Park

www.audleytravel.com/zambia • 01993 838 505 • Zambia

Adult male lion, Kafue National Park

Kafue National Park Zambiaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s largest national park is amongst its least visited. This is one of the few places on safari where you really feel as though you have the whole place to yourself. Animals are here in number, the rivers are filled with hippo, herds of grazers spread over the vast floodplains and elephant come to the small sandy beaches to drink along with bushbuck and defassa waterbuck. The Busanga Plains area is renowned for the tree climbing lions that want to avoid getting their paws wet. The park can be explored on walking safaris, boat trips, game drives and night drives. The animal densities are not as concentrated as in the smaller parks in Zambia but the game viewing is still rewarding and made all the more special by the fact that you are highly unlikely to see another soul on an outing.

Musekese Camp, Kafue National Park

Mukambi Safari Lodge, Kafue National Park In the central area of Kafue, Mukambi Safari Lodge occupies a lovely location in a rewarding game viewing area. The main lodge is set over two floors right on the edge of the river and includes a lounge, bar and dining area. Nearby is a secluded swimming pool, along with a smaller, shallower pool which is perfect for children. There are eight rondavels set back from the river, two family rooms and four luxury safari tents right on the riverside. Spacious and open plan, the tents have their own private seating area and a deck with an outdoor bathtub.

Musekese Camp, Kafue National Park Located in a wild part of Kafue, Musekese is a charming bush camp. There are just four compact safari tents, each with an open-air en suite bathroom. You will find thoughtful touches everywhere: mosquito repellent, bottled water and even a hipflask with a tot of whisky for a final nightcap. There is a hide across the river, ideal for keen photographers and birders. Activities at Musekese are focused on walking and boat safaris, but they also offer excellent day and night game drives.

Mukambi Safari Lodge, Kafue National Park

KaingU Safari Lodge, Kafue National Park On the banks of the Kafue River in the southern part of Kafue National Park lies KaingU Safari Lodge. The river here is wide, picturesque and dotted with small islands with large granite boulders and sandy shores. These are often the location for a morning coffee or afternoon sundowner. There are six tented chalets and one family chalet, all with wooden floors and thatched roofs. The chalets overlook the river and at the front of each is a balcony with a hammock chair, ideal for lounging in during the heat of the day. The staff are charming, offering high standards of service and delightful meals. You can be as active as you wish, choosing from river cruises, fishing trips, canoeing, walks, game drives and visits to the local village school which is supported by KaingU.

KaingU Safari Lodge, Kafue National Park

Cheetah, Busanga Plains, near Shumba Camp

Crowned crane, Busanga Bush Camp

Sable on Busanga Plains, near Shumba Camp

Lion in a tree, Busanga Plains

Elephant by the Kafue River, Kafue National Park

Busanga Bush Camp, Kafue National Park

Plains Camp, Kafue National Park

Beautifully placed on the shores of a fig tree covered island, Busanga Bush Camp faces out over the open Busanga plains. It has four comfortable tented chalets. Each is well-proportioned with gauze netting walls to make the most of the fabulous views. To the front of each is a wooden deck with safari chairs and a hammock. Dinner is often served around a large table under the stars or in the boma, and there is always a campfire in the evenings. Activities focus on day and night drives on the Busanga Plains but a real highlight is the hot air ballooning which is sometimes included with a three night stay at either Busanga or Shumba.

This cosy, rustic camp is situated in the northern part of the Busanga Plains, hidden from view amongst an island of palm trees. Entry to the camp is via a 300-metre-long boardwalk, making for a unique first impression. With just four tents, this is an exclusive safari experience. Hidden by grass fencing and shady trees, the tents have far-reaching views over the Busanga Plains. The main area is overshadowed by an enormous fig tree and opens out onto a small decked boma area with beautiful views. Each tent has a thatched roof and is simply but sufficiently equipped. The open-air bathrooms are slightly separated from the tents and have bucket showers and flush toilets. You can enjoy the view from safari chairs at the front of your tent or the colourful sofas in the main lounge.

Busanga Bush Camp, Kafue National Park

Shumba Camp, Kafue National Park

Shumba Camp, Kafue National Park For those who want a little pampering in one of the best game viewing areas of Kafue, Shumba (meaning lion) sets the benchmark. You will be greeted by stunning views over the plains – not to mention chilled flannels, cool drinks and a very warm welcome. Life here is governed by the waters which seasonally cover the plains, so most of the camp is built up on platforms above the grasslands with wooden pathways leading amongst the trees to six luxury chalets. These are vast and beautiful, with gleaming copper washbasins and soft beds. The camp is built in a horseshoe shape, with the rooms stretching out on two sides, and the central mess area forming a bridge between the two. There is a bar, both indoor and outdoor seating areas and a small swimming pool overlooking the grassland.

Plains Camp, Kafue National Park

www.audleytravel.com/zambia • 01993 838 505 • Zambia

Victoria Falls

Waterberry Zambezi Lodge, near Livingstone

Livingstone & Victoria Falls One of the natural wonders of the world, Victoria Falls is known as the â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;smoke that thundersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; in the local language. It is an apt name given the thundering roar that resounds as the Zambezi River pours over the lip of the falls. Walking along paths to view this phenomenon, you see trumpeter hornbills dart out from dripping trees to fly across the water. Vervet monkeys and baboons chatter and a rainbow forms across the spray when the sun comes out. There are excellent views from the Zambian side, where you can also cross Knife Edge Bridge to an island surrounded by water. Ten kilometres from Victoria Falls, Livingstone town has lively markets and operators offering every possible activity from scenic helicopter rides to exhilarating whitewater rafting trips and gentle boat cruises on the Zambezi.

This charming lodge is located on the banks of the Zambezi River about 45 minutesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; drive from Victoria Falls. There are seven thatched cottages overlooking either the river or gardens while a split-level main building houses a dining and lounge area, and decking lookout to the water. In the centre of the gardens is a decent sized pool and off to one side a pathway leads around a lagoon which attracts a variety of birdlife. As well as being a warm and homely place to relax, Waterberry also offers activities including guided visits to Victoria Falls, sunset cruises on the river and a particularly interesting visit to a nearby village. The staff here are fantastic and the setting beautiful, making this is a firm favourite with Audley travellers and staff alike.

Just down the river from Waterberry Zambezi Lodge you will find The River Farmhouse. Booked on an exclusive basis, the house has four en suite bedrooms, consisting of two double bedrooms at the front and two twin bedrooms at the back of the farmhouse. The style is a fresh and modern take on a traditional farmhouse, with a spacious lounge leading on to a large veranda with views across the private infinity pool and out onto the river. Guests have a private chef and household staff and can enjoy private meals outside on the veranda, inside the farmhouse or join other guests at the main lodge.

The Royal Livingstone Hotel, Livingstone The Royal Livingstone is a grand hotel in a prime location on the banks of the Zambezi. Wrought iron chandeliers, smooth polished floors, lavish flower arrangements and big gilt mirrors set the tone here. There is a wide, sweeping lawn where zebra, giraffe and impala often come to graze, with a large swimming pool sloping down to the river. The fabulous sundeck bar is built on stilts over the water with a clear view of the spray from the top of the falls. The 173 rooms have every facility you could need and you will have a personal butler to look after you throughout your stay.

The Royal Livingstone Hotel, Livingstone

The River Farmhouse, Waterberry Zambezi Lodge, near Livingstone

The River Farmhouse, Waterberry Zambezi Lodge

Trumpeter hornbill, Livingstone

Mist from Victoria Falls

Handicraft market, Livingstone

Sunset boat trip, Zambezi River

Sindabezi Island Camp, near Livingstone

Tongabezi Lodge, near Livingstone

Tongabezi Lodge, near Livingstone With fabulous food, excellent service and private boutique rooms, Tongabezi has it all. Five thatched rondavels line the waterfront and come with outdoor decks and baths with a view of the river. The larger houses are each as unique as they are beautiful with private pools, polished stone floors and thatched roofs. The Honeymoon House and Tree House are perfect for couples whilst the Garden House and Dog House are ideal for families. The service at the lodge is excellent and each room comes with your own personal valet. Enjoy a sunset dinner on the riverside, a dip in the pool built into the rocks, or just lounging on the deck. As well as the usual activities in the area, Tongabezi also offers afternoon tea on Livingstone Island which is a delightful way to spend an afternoon.

Tongabezi’s sister property can be found on an island in the middle of the Zambezi River. Accessed by boat, or if you are feeling adventurous, by canoe, Sindabezi Island Camp is the ultimate destination for escapists. The camp has no power and is lit by candles, solar lights and firelight. The island is a tranquil spot with white sand underfoot giving it the feel of a real tropical island hideaway, and the only sounds are white fronted bee-eaters flitting between the trees and hippo grunting in the river. The dining and campfire area looks out towards the Zambezi National Park on the nearby riverbank and this is a great place to sit and look out for the giraffe, zebra and elephant that roam around this area. The five rooms are luxurious and the welcome is warm – it is one of our favourite retreats in Zambia.

River suite, Royal Chundu River Lodge, near Livingstone

Royal Chundu River Lodge and Island Lodge, near Livingstone Royal Chundu is split into two separate lodges. The Royal Chundu River Lodge is located on the banks of the Zambezi with ten luxurious thatched suites, each with its own private deck overlooking the water. There is a pool, bar, sophisticated dining room and an open-air boma offering a quintessentially African dining experience. The smaller Island Lodge, as its name suggests, sits on its own island. Accessed by boat from the River Lodge, it has just four, private suites, each offering views of the river. Sliding doors open along the length of each suite onto a large deck complete with a large open-air bathtub. The main lodge has a small infinity pool, a bar and lounge area.

Sindabezi Island Camp, near Livingstone

www.audleytravel.com/zambia • 01993 838 505 • Zambia

Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Zambia specialists to start planning your itinerary.

T 01993 838 505

Getting around

Burchell’s zebra foal, South Luangwa National Park

Zambia’s green season In Zambia’s Luangwa Valley, the time from November to May is known as the green season. Heavy rains arrive, promoting lush growth that sparkles green under hot skies. Plains are carpeted with tall grasses and the land is flushed with thickets and forests in full foliage. The rains are welcomed by the locals as it is good for the surrounding farms. Days are beautiful and warm between showers, many of which occur in the afternoons or at night. With the downpour of rain the Luangwa River swells and bursts its banks, flooding lagoons which fill with hundreds of waterbirds. Herbivores give birth and birds are in breeding plumage. The only creature that is notable for its absence is the visitor. With parks empty of vehicles and prices a fraction of those in high season, this is a magical time for the safari enthusiast.

Elephant calf, South Luangwa National Park

Wildlife in the green season In the green season you will not see the great numbers of game congregated at water sources that you would in the dry season. However, the rains bring abundant food and many animals give birth. There are nurseries of tiny impala tottering around on wobbly legs and baby warthogs sprinting to burrows. Proliferation of vulnerable animals brings about increased predator activity and sightings can be extraordinary. In early May packs of wild dog are seen. Birding is exceptional with an influx of migratory birds arriving in the valley. Spirals of migrating storks fill the air, heronries are formed and colonies of weavers’ nests hang over lagoons. Birds adopt colourful breeding plumage and mating displays are common. Safaris in the green season Because of water levels, fewer camps are open during the green season. Those that do remain open include Chinzombo and Mfuwe Lodge. These camps have a good network of all-weather roads making game drives possible. In addition to game drives many camps offer boat trips on the Luangwa River. As visitor numbers are low, you can often enjoy private guiding from some of Zambia’s top guides.

Zambia’s three main game areas are Kafue National Park, Lower Zambezi National Park and South Luangwa National Park. Distances between the parks are large and roads tend to be poor, so we use a network of light aircraft flights. On arrival at each airstrip you are met by your guide with an open 4x4 and taken to your camp. A typical itinerary will usually incorporate a variety of camps in one park. Travelling from one to the other can either be done by game drive or on foot, as many camps are deliberately spaced at walking distance.

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33 33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

5 Travel is not recommended.

Zambia’s seasons can broadly be divided into two periods, the dry season from June to October and the green season from November to May. In the dry season you can expect clear blue skies and sunshine. July and August can be cold at night but hot during the day, and September and October see temperatures of over 30C (86F). Most of the camps in Kafue and Lower Zambezi close in the rainy season from November to May, but some camps in South Luangwa stay open and offer boat safaris through the verdant landscape. Time difference: GMT+2 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Zambia on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Suggested itineraries democratic republic of congo

democratic republic of congo

Zambia

South Luangwa National Park

Zambia

Lusaka

Zambia

Kafue National Park

Mozambique

Lusaka

Mozambique Lusaka

Lower Zambezi National Park

zimbabwe Livingstone

Classic Zambia This trip gets to the heart of Zambia’s appeal, with relaxing days by the riverside combined with the thrill of spending time on foot tracking game. It will appeal to those with a love of adventure, but due to the easy schedule it is also great for those who want to return home rested. Day 1

Fly to Livingstone.

Days 2-4

Arrive in Livingstone and stay on the Zambezi. Explore Victoria Falls, visit a local village and take boat trips on the river.

Days 5-7

Days 8-9

Fly via Lusaka to South Luangwa National Park. Enjoy game drives, night drives and walking safaris. Walk or game drive to your next bush camp to enjoy further time on safari.

Days 10-11 Drive to a final bush camp to explore new areas and find different game. Day 12

Enjoy a game drive to the airstrip and return to Lusaka by light aircraft, before connecting to your international flight.

Stay longer

zimbabwe

Luangwa & Lower Zambezi Explorer Combining South Luangwa and Lower Zambezi National Parks provides a good contrast in scenery, activities and game. Day 1

Fly to Lusaka.

Days 2-6

Arrive in Lusaka and connect with a flight to the South Luangwa National Park. Enjoy game drives, night drives and walking safaris.

Days 7-10 Game drive to the airstrip then fly to Lower Zambezi. Enjoy game drives, night drives, walking safaris and boat trips on the Zambezi River. Day 11

Fly to Lusaka to connect with your international flight.

Stay longer Complete the safari with a trip to Kafue National Park. This spectacular wildlife area has few camps and is wild and unexplored. Either travel by road or air to the central sector of the park where you can enjoy boat cruises and game drives before travelling north through the park to the Busanga Plains to search for cheetah and take to the air in a hot air balloon.

The South Luangwa combines well with a beach stay on Lake Malawi. A light aircraft takes you straight to Lilongwe from where you can drive or fly onwards to the lake. Stay on colourful Likoma Island with its small fishing and farming villages and easy pace of life. Enjoy a week or so at Kaya Mawa, an idyllic property perched up on rocks above crystal clear waters, and spend your days relaxing beside the pool, on the beach, snorkelling, sailing and diving.

Female leopard, South Luangwa National Park

zimbabwe

Secrets of the Kafue This trip includes a variety of locations in Kafue National Park, where coming across other visitors is rare and the animals have developed unique strategies to cope with the wetland areas. As well as searching for tree climbing lions you can try a variety of activities which will allow you to see the environment in different ways. Day 1

Fly to Lusaka.

Days 2-4

Meet your driver-guide at the airport and head west to your first camp in the central part of Kafue National Park. Here there is a choice of game drives or boat trips.

Days 5-7

Continue north to your next camp, where the highlight is walking safaris accompanied by the excellent guides.

Days 8-10 Take a game drive to the southern part of Kafue and stay by a river; this is an ideal place to relax but there is also the option to enjoy more activities such as drives, boat trips, canoeing and fishing trips. Day 11

Return to Lusaka airport by road for your international flight home.

Stay longer Start or end your safari adventure with a few days at the magnificent Victoria Falls. A short flight from Lusaka, it makes the perfect addition to your trip. Aside from taking in the spectacular sight of the falls themselves you can also take sunset boat trips on the Zambezi River, a helicopter ride over the falls, or even a microlight flight.

Thornicroft’s giraffe, South Luangwa National Park

Walking safari, North Luangwa National Park

www.audleytravel.com/zambia • 01993 838 505 • Zambia

Zimbabwe A

fter many years of being under the radar, increasing numbers are discovering Zimbabwe’s many attractions. The country’s combination of spectacular scenery, abundant wildlife and rich history make for a highly rewarding journey. Some of the continent’s very best guides work here and will demonstrate their skills as they get you up close to wildlife on walking safaris. There are untouched wilderness areas with few camps and visitors, such as Gonarezhou National Park where there are some surprises; here you can find bull sharks swimming the rivers. The landscape is staggeringly beautiful, from the mighty Victoria Falls, to the lush greenery of the Eastern Highlands and the stark, arid beauty of the western parks. The 11th-century palace at Great Zimbabwe is a fascinating insight into a developed civilisation, while the colonial history of the country is on show in cities such as Bulawayo. With a rich, natural heritage, wild and beautiful game viewing areas, and a people bursting with new-found optimism, Zimbabwe is an excellent country to explore.

Audley in Zimbabwe 0

100 miles

161 kilometres

Lake

Highlights include simple mobile camps next to the Zambezi, colonial hotels with decades of history and top quality lodges built into granite kopjes. Our specialists can offer advice on where to stay from first-hand experience.

Crowned crane, Hwange National Park

MOZAMBIQUE

Matusadona National Park

HARARE

ZIMBABWE

Victoria Falls

Nyanga National Park

Hwange National Park

Mutare

3 Bulawayo BOTSWANA

Accommodation

Great Zimbabwe

Matobo National Park

Gonarezhou National Park

Zimbabwe is home to a wide range of hotels, lodges and camps that will make your trip wholly memorable. There’s a tempting collection of places to choose from and the country can offer excellent value accommodation as well as unbridled luxury. Often a trip can combine simpler properties, where the emphasis is on feeling close to nature, with other nights spent enjoying beautifully crafted accommodation in more luxurious surroundings.

National Park

Kariba

5 Kariba

Zambezi National Park

i ez Mana Pools

Eastern Highlands

Thanks to a rigorous qualification process that lasts four years, Zimbabwe’s guides are widely considered to be among the best in Africa. We work with places where the already excellent guiding standards are further enhanced by employing some of the most experienced guides in the business, meaning more exciting wildlife encounters.

ZAMBIA

Z a mb

Zimbabwe has a relatively good travel infrastructure. We make use of all possible modes of transport from 4x4s and lake-going boats to light aircraft and domestic airlines so that you can get to every part of the country that’s of interest.

Limp

1 Victoria Falls Mosi-oa-Tunya or the ‘smoke that thunders’ is quite simply an extraordinary sight where colossal amounts of water pour into the Victoria Falls gorges. See page 92

SOUTH AFRICA

4 Zambezi

National Park A short distance from Victoria Falls, Zambezi National Park is a tranquil gem with a beautiful river setting. See page 92

2 Mana Pools

Masks, Victoria Falls

National Park A stretch of the Zambezi River where four pools attract a multitude of elephant, buffalo, hippo and eland, plus the predators that hunt them. See page 93

5 Lake Kariba This vast reservoir is an incredibly scenic place to take a boat trip, try your hand at catching tiger fish, and spot elephant and hippo. See page 96

3 Hwange National Park Zimbabwe’s largest national park, on the border with Botswana, is home to the Big Five – most commonly spotted at the various camps’ waterholes. See pages 94-95

6 Great Zimbabwe The ruins of a fascinating 11th-century city, home to the most developed civilisation in sub-Saharan Africa during the Middle Ages. See page 98 Matobo National Park

www.audleytravel.com/zimbabwe • 01993 838 590 • Zimbabwe

Victoria Falls

Ilala Lodge, Victoria Falls

Victoria Falls

This is the nearest lodge to the falls and from the gardens you can see the spray and hear the roar of the water. The lodge also borders the Victoria Falls National Park and it is not unusual to find wildlife wandering happily through the grounds and grazing on the lawns. A wide veranda wraps round the front of the hotel providing a shady area where you can relax and look out across the pretty garden towards the falls. There is also a pool with a thatched bar where you can cool off in the heat of the day. The 56 comfortable and stylish rooms have patio doors leading to either a balcony or terrace. Food is good quality and the restaurant is a popular eating spot. The hotel is also a short walk from some of the townâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s other restaurants, so eating out is also an easy option.

In Zimbabwe, Victoria Falls refers not only to the magnificent waterfall, but also the vibrant town which has developed alongside it. Naturally, visitors come here to see the falls, which are indisputably one of the most impressive sights you will see anywhere. The falls are more dramatic from January to August and less powerful from September to December. The combined width and height give the falls the crown as the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s largest, and it is a thrill just to watch and feel the power of the water. Just a few minutes up river, Zambezi National Park is the place to spot big game from the water. Victoria Falls Hotel, Victoria Falls

Victoria Falls Hotel, Victoria Falls The historic Victoria Falls Hotel overlooks the Victoria Falls Bridge and the gorges below. The manicured private gardens, tranquil atmosphere and charm of this Edwardian hotel have long made it a favourite with visitors. With undoubtedly the best position of all the hotels on either side of the falls, a walk along a private pathway brings you out at the top of the gorge and provides a magnificent view of the bridge crossing into Zambia. Effortlessly stylish yet steeped in tradition, the hotel offers a glimpse of a bygone era. The 161 traditionally decorated rooms and suites all have antique furniture and heritage prints. Facilities include a fitness room and a pool. There are three restaurants ranging from traditional fine dining to poolside dinner buffets.

Buffalo, Mana Pools National Park

Zambezi River, Mana Pools National Park

Hippo, Mana Pools National Park

Ruckomechi Camp, Mana Pools National Park

Mana Pools National Park A hundred kilometres from Lake Kariba you’ll find Mana Pools National Park. It is a remote, beautiful place with spectacular views of the broad flowing river, floodplains, the tree canopy, and the mountains over the border in Zambia. Much of it is inaccessible except on foot, making it a truly unspoilt habitat. This stretch of the Zambezi River is famous for its four oxbow lakes (mana means four in Shona). These, and several smaller pools, hold water all year round, drawing a wide variety of wildlife and birdlife. The area is renowned for bull elephant, buffalo, hippo and eland, especially in the dry season when they concentrate along the river. Wild dog are present here too. The birdlife is superb with a good chance to spot collared palm-thrush, racket-tailed roller, purple-banded sunbird and black-throated wattle-eyes.

Lioness, Mana Pools National Park

Zebra, Mana Pools National Park

Kanga Camp, Mana Pools National Park

Ruckomechi Camp, Mana Pools National Park

guiding. The 12 comfortable tents overlook the waterhole. The dining and lounge areas are raised on a deck with a canvas roof that is open at the sides allowing you to feel the breeze. There is a also a small pool and lovely viewing deck above the waterhole.

If you’re not greeted by one of the many elephants which frequent the camp, the first thing you’ll notice is the superb view of the mountains across the river in Zambia. The common areas face the escarpment and are connected to the rest of the camp by low-level walkways. There is a separate deck with a pool and cushion-strewn stargazing deck where a fire is lit each evening. The ten spacious tents overlook the river. Views vary throughout the year, depending on the height of the water – a sweeping expanse of river in June may become a reed-covered island teeming with hippo by October. Because of its location in a private concession you can enjoy powered boat rides here. This is a stylish and top quality choice in Mana Pools.

Zambezi Life Styles, Mana Pools National Park This tented camp on the banks of the Zambezi has a dramatic setting so you can enjoy scenic sundowners on your doorstep. The four tents are simple but comfortable and have en suite bathrooms with bucket showers. The guiding here is top quality and game viewing can either be by 4x4, on foot or by canoe, gliding silently down the river and stopping on a sandbank for lunch.

Kanga Camp, Mana Pools National Park Far from civilisation, Kanga Camp is in an area that has never been developed. The seasonal Ruckomechi River provides water during the wetter seasons for the diverse flora which includes everything from mopane woodland to jesse bushes. Kanga Pan is the only known permanent water source in the area and as such is a magnet for wildlife. It is an explorer’s paradise, ideal for walking safaris with excellent Zambezi Life Styles, Mana Pools National Park

www.audleytravel.com/zimbabwe • 01993 838 590 • Zimbabwe

Impala, Hwange National Park

Camp Hwange, Hwange National Park

Hwange National Park The 14,000 square kilometres of Hwange National Park are home to a rich variety of habitats, vegetation and wildlife. It’s the largest park in Zimbabwe and has had a fascinating history from its inception as a national park over 75 years ago. Its first warden, 22-year-old Ted Davison, was instrumental in shaping and maintaining the park, battling poachers and creating a series of man-made waterholes, known as the ‘heartbeat of Hwange’, where water is still pumped to provide for the animals. These waterholes are unique and the park is renowned for its herds of buffalo and elephant and a huge diversity of over 100 different mammal species including baboon, porcupine, aardwolf, spotted hyena, leopard, cheetah, lion, warthog and Burchell’s zebra. The large numbers of plains game and antelope in the park provide a rich source of food for the predators.

Camp Hwange, Hwange National Park

Elephant’s Eye, Hwange National Park

Way up in the northern part of Hwange National Park there are very few camps, and very few people. This is where you’ll find Camp Hwange, a great value place with its own waterhole. It’s a superb area for walking safaris accompanied by experienced guides. The main dining and lounge area is under a high thatched roof with comfortable seating and a large dining table. The eight rooms have thatched roofs and canvas walls. They are simple but stylish and offer panoramic views over the waterhole.

This stylish and contemporary camp just outside the national park brings thoughtful, modern design to Hwange. The eight tents are raised up on platforms and offer excellent views of the waterhole in front of the camp which attracts a multitude of animals. Inside, the tents are spacious and bright with the welcome addition of a wood burning stove. The elegant central areas are a great place to spend the evening with other guests, there are cosy chairs and a warm and welcoming atmosphere. The food here is excellent and the pool is a wonderful place for a dip after a day in the bush. Game drives and walks are very rewarding with top quality guides providing a memorable experience.

Davison’s Camp, Hwange National Park Davison’s Camp lies in a remote northeastern corner of Hwange National Park. Named after the park’s visionary first warden, the camp is situated in a grove of false mopane trees and has fantastic views across the plains to its very busy waterhole. Accommodation is in nine comfortable tents with beautiful finishing touches and a private veranda. The swimming pool is a great place to cool off during the heat of the day. Afternoons can be spent observing game from the viewing deck on top of the lounge, while in the evenings, guests gather around the campfire to share stories of their day’s adventure before dinner. Activities include game drives in open 4x4s or guided walks.

Davison’s Camp, Hwange National Park

Elephant's Eye, Hwange National Park

Cheetah, Hwange National Park

Elephant at a waterhole, Hwange National Park

Crowned cranes, Hwange National Park

The Hide Safari Camp, Hwange National Park

Camelthorn Lodge, Hwange National Park

Somalisa Camp, Hwange National Park

dining table where guests meet for dinner. You can explore by 4x4 but the walking safaris and night drives are very popular thanks to the high quality guides and the experience they share with guests. This is an excellent quality camp with lots of individual touches.

Bomani Tented Lodge, Hwange National Park

Set in the heart of Hwange National Park, this authentic bush camp blends old African charm and elegance with an exclusive safari experience. Tucked away on an acacia island along the edge of an ancient seasonal flood plain, the camp has a peaceful location. With only seven tents, this is a small and intimate camp which promises a very personal experience. The tents are stylish and elegantly furnished and the en suite bathrooms have indoor and outdoor showers. There’s a small pool which is ideal for a refreshing dip – when the elephants aren’t drinking from it. Activities include game drives, night drives and walking safaris.

The Hide Safari Camp, Hwange National Park Designed with flair and imagination, The Hide offers luxurious bush accommodation in an excellent game viewing area. The ten tents are classic in style, including free-standing bathtubs. There’s also a treehouse to sleep out in should you be feeling extra brave. The camp is set beside a busy waterhole that draws in animals from miles around. An underground hide, accessed by a tunnel from the camp also offers exceptional views of the wildlife. Halfway along the tunnel, there’s a well-stocked wine cellar. The food is delicious and served at a huge oak

Camelthorn Lodge, Hwange National Park This is a beautiful lodge with very high standards, built in the shade of a huge and venerable camelthorn tree. It’s just outside the main park but access is a kilometre away, and the woodlands surrounding the lodge are home to bushbuck, mongoose and many different kinds of bird. You can enjoy game drives, walks in the national park and night drives in the private concession, as well as pump runs, where fuel and supplies are taken to the pump stations which keep the waterholes flowing in the southern sector of the park. The eight villas are a solid and extremely comfortable home from home, ideal for those who wish to experience the wilderness without losing too many creature comforts. Dining here is good quality and meals are eaten under the camelthorn tree. This is a top quality safari lodge that offers visitors a unique experience as well as supporting the local village and encouraging community involvement.

Bomani Tented Lodge is an authentic, characterful and good value safari camp, located on the edge of the vast Ngamo Plains in southeastern Hwange National Park. It’s set in its own private concession a 15 minute drive from the gate of Hwange. The camp offers an intimate safari experience with knowledgeable and enthusiastic guiding, comfortable accommodation and good food. There are nine well-appointed tents and one bungalow and activities on offer include game drives, walks in the national park and night drives in the concession. Animals that are frequently seen include huge elephant, lion, cheetah, hippo, zebra, wildebeest and wild dog, along with the beautiful sable antelope.

Bomani Tented Lodge, Hwange National Park

www.audleytravel.com/zimbabwe • 01993 838 590 • Zimbabwe

Lake Kariba

Lake Kariba Lake Kariba is one of the largest man-made lakes in the world, over 225 kilometres long and up to 32 kilometres wide. This bulge in the Zambezi is about halfway between the river’s source and mouth, along the border between Zambia and Zimbabwe. It has become a spot for Zimbabweans to visit for recreation, but is also a haven for wildlife and it adjoins several game viewing areas, the best of which is Matusadona National Park. The ecology of Lake Kariba is vibrant, including aquatic creatures such as kapenta and tigerfish, crocodiles, hippo and abundant birdlife such as the fish eagle and cormorant. Particularly atmospheric and beautiful, Lake Kariba will enchant you with spectacular sunsets and dramatic vistas.

Changa Safari Camp, Matusadona National Park The lakeside setting of Changa Safari Camp ensures the views are spectacular, both from the infinity pool or the deck of one of the eight tents. Each tent is well appointed and spacious, while the main deck is the place to enjoy a cool drink overlooking the lake’s sandy beach, although the crocodiles discourage swimming. Guests can swap stories over dinner, which is eaten communally around a large table in the dining room or by the campfire under the stars. Days are whiled away on game drives and walks,

Leopard Rock, The Eastern Highlands

Changa Safari Camp, Matusadona National Park

but the real draw is the lake, where you can take boat trips, spot hippo and crocodiles, and elephant on the shore.

The Eastern Highlands This area reminded homesick early European settlers of the Scottish Highlands, and while this may be a bit of a stretch, the verdant, jagged peaks and cooler, misty weather are certainly a contrast to the rest of Zimbabwe. Striking mountain scenery and charming lodges abound, and the few visitors who make it here enjoy tranquil hikes to waterfalls or through the forests. The area is home to Zimbabwe’s highest peak, Mount Nyangani, which rises up over 2,500 metres. It forms part of the Nyanga Mountains, which catch the moisture laden clouds blowing in from the Indian Ocean and give this area its greenery.

This hotel is something of a legend in Zimbabwe, having hosted the great and good during its time. Its scenic location inspired the Queen Mother to declare there was ‘nowhere more beautiful in Africa’ and its French chateau feel and design is reminiscent of a bygone era. The 58 spacious rooms are classically styled but offer plenty of modern conveniences. Along with a well-known golf course, other facilities at the hotel include a floodlit tennis court, swimming pool, squash courts, a gym and even a casino. The area around the hotel is scenic so it is a great base to explore the surrounding countryside on a horse safari or on hiking trails. Other interesting areas that are accessible from the hotel are the Mbiga Falls and the Bvumba Botanical Gardens. The hotel is on a small reserve so there is also the chance to see a bit of local wildlife including impala, wildebeest, zebra, nyala and kudu.

Leopard Rock, The Eastern Highlands

Buffalo, Lake Kariba

Runde River, Gonarezhou National Park

Chilojo Cliffs, Gonarezhou National Park

Female giraffe, Gonarezhou National Park

Gonarezhou National Park

Singita Pamushana Lodge, Malilangwe Wildlife Reserve

As more of Africa opens up to visitors the less wilderness there is to go around, and remote experiences away from the crowds are harder to come by. Gonarezhou National Park is a true wilderness area, remote and beautiful with great game viewing and birdlife. Getting away from it all takes time however, so a visit is for the dedicated, but once here you will have the park more or less to yourself. The park’s name means ‘place of many elephant’, and you will find them here in large numbers, alongside lion and leopard, while in the rivers bull shark and turquoise killifish have been spotted. Gonarezhou borders both the Kruger in South Africa and Limpopo National Park in Mozambique, allowing the wildlife to roam freely over a huge area. It’s also a rugged and scenic landscape with the huge Chilojo Cliffs seen for miles around.

Saddle-billed stork, Gonarezhou National Park

Chilo Gorge Safari Lodge, Gonarezhou National Park

Chilo Gorge Safari Lodge, Gonarezhou National Park Located in the northwest of Gonarezhou National Park, this camp overlooks a spectacular gorge in the Save River and each of the ten thatched cottages has its own private balcony with glass doors so that you can admire the incredible view. Comfortably furnished with soft linens and wooden furniture, the rooms combine modern style with traditional materials. The communal area of the lodge offers a pool, bar and a central dining area all covered by thatch. You can also eat out under the stars on the patio by the pool. Activities available include morning and afternoon game drives and guided nature walks. The Save River and its seasonal waters offer the opportunity for game cruises up the river to the magnificent Chivirira Falls. The lodge also can arrange for you to visit the local Shangaan village.

Set in the Malilangwe Wildlife Reserve, a wilderness area adjoining the Gonarezhou National Park, the Singita Pamushana Lodge is a luxurious choice. The lodge has an imposing position on a high kopje and offers far-reaching views over the plains and lake below. The seven suites and villas are hidden away in the trees and have everything you might want including open fireplaces and plunge pools. The main lodge is extremely comfortable with a large deck, a couple of swimming pools and a Jacuzzi, all of which offer excellent views. While here you can try everything from game drives and walks to fishing, stargazing, mountain biking, tennis, visits to Shangaan villages and rock art sites, or sundowner cruises. If that sounds a bit active, you can relax at the spa, or just enjoy the views.

Singita Pamushana Lodge, Malilangwe Wildlife Reserve

www.audleytravel.com/zimbabwe • 01993 838 590 • Zimbabwe

Matobo National Park

Matobo National Park The Matobo National Park forms the core of the Matopos Hills, an area of granite kopjes, ancient rock art and wooded valleys 35 kilometres south of Bulawayo. The hills were formed over two billion years ago when volcanic activity caused molten rock to erupt across the landscape. In the intervening years this has eroded to produce smooth ‘whaleback dwalas’ (a granite feature) and broken kopjes, strewn with boulders and interspersed with thickets of vegetation. The practical result of this geological upheaval is a park filled to the brim with fantastical rock formations, looking for all the world as if a giant has stacked them high. The Matopos balancing rocks are the burial place of Cecil John Rhodes, Zimbabwe’s colonial master. Commanding a vista clear to the horizon, the name ‘View of the World’, could not be more appropriate for this enchanting piece of Zimbabwe.

Camp Amalinda, Matobo National Park

Camp Amalinda, Matobo National Park This lodge has a stunning location amongst the granite domes and kopjes of the Matopos Hills. The nine rooms make full use of the setting and are built in between the huge boulders which gives them a unique look. The lodge has a relaxed atmosphere with a cosy library and a little chess room set in the tree tops. There is a large swimming pool built into the rock, with

a bar area ideal for relaxing around on warm days, a sauna and a spa. In the evenings sundowners are enjoyed around a fire in the boma area. On a walk around the property you may see warthog, zebra, various antelope species and a huge variety of birdlife including black eagles soaring above. There is a variety of guided activities on offer from exploring the nearby Matobo National Park to game drives and walking safaris tracking endangered rhino.

Great Zimbabwe National Monument When it comes to lost cities, the civilisations of Latin America or Egypt spring to mind – whereas sub-Saharan Africa is usually recognised for its wildlife. Zimbabwe is different, however, because the 11th-century palace of Great Zimbabwe is powerful evidence of an advanced civilisation. The site was an important city for the Bantu, and later, the Shona people, growing to house 10,000 people at its zenith. Its decline began in the mid-1400s when, like many civilisations, it became a victim of its own success. The burgeoning population consumed the resources of the plateau on which it stands and by the mid-15th century

the site was abandoned. Colonial figures such as Rhodes were unwilling to accept that Great Zimbabwe had been built by Africans, instead preferring to believe that an Arabic or Phoenician race had travelled south to construct it.

Suggested itineraries Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Zimbabwe specialists to start planning your itinerary.

zambia

Zambezi National Park Victoria Falls

zimbabwe

When to go 3

Hwange National Park

Water & Wildlife

This trip showcases the variety of the Zimbabwean landscape with time spent in four very different areas. Seeing one of the world’s most impressive sights at Victoria Falls followed by time in Zambezi National Park is an excellent way to round off the trip.

This great value trip covers two of Zimbabwe’s undoubted highlights – seeing big game in Hwange National Park and experiencing the power of Victoria Falls.

Day 1

Fly to Harare, via Johannesburg.

Days 2-3

Take a light aircraft from Harare to Lake Kariba and transfer to your lodge by boat. Enjoy beautiful sunsets over the water, boat rides, fishing and game drives.

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

5 Travel is not recommended.

Zimbabwe has a great year round climate with blue skies and pleasant temperatures. The rains fall from around November to March whilst April to August sees drier, cooler weather, which can be surprisingly chilly at times, with frosts not unheard of. Temperature varies with altitude but you can expect daytime minimums of 21C (70F) in the southern winter, rising to 31C (88F) in the summer. Time difference: GMT+2 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Zimbabwe on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Buffalo, Mana Pools National Park

botswana

Zimbabwe Explorer

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33 33 33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

zimbabwe Harare

botswana

You can travel around Zimbabwe in a number of ways and to get the best out of the country you will probably use them all. It’s a large country, so a mixture of scheduled and light aircraft flights is a good idea to cover long distances. The roads can be rough in places, but a 4x4 and driver-guide will navigate these for you and take you between the national parks. You can also get around in boats on Lake Kariba.

Victoria Falls

Lake Kariba

Hwange National Park

Getting around

zambia Lake Kariba

T 01993 838 590

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

mozambique

Days 4-6 Fly to Hwange National Park. You can spend the days tracking wildlife on foot and in 4x4s, going on pump runs and relaxing with views of waterholes. Days 7-8 Travel by road to Victoria Falls where you will be able to see the falls from various vantage points and get involved with activities ranging from the sedate to the adventurous. Days 9-10 Drive the short distance to Zambezi National Park. A world away from the hustle and bustle of Zimbabwe’s most popular attraction, you can enjoy game drives by the water and the peacefulness of watching the mighty Zambezi flow by. Day 11

Head to the airport for your international flight via Johannesburg.

Day 1

Fly to Victoria Falls, via Johannesburg.

Days 2-4 Meet your driver-guide and drive to your hotel at Victoria Falls. Spend time admiring the falls from different angles, visit the statue of Dr. David Livingstone (of ‘I presume’ fame) and watch, or try your hand at, some adventurous activities. Days 5-7

Fly to Hwange National Park and transfer to your camp. Walk through the bush in the company of expert guides, tracking wildlife and getting close to big game.

Day 8

Drive back to Victoria Falls where you will connect with your international flight via Johannesburg.

Stay longer For a taste of some of Zimbabwe’s less visited attractions you could spend some time at the 11th-century Great Zimbabwe exploring the impressive ruins and imagining how the former civilisation lived. You could also head up into the mountains of the Eastern Highlands and relax in some of Africa’s greenest countryside.

Stay longer Add on a few days in Mana Pools National Park to enjoy the fantastic game viewing around the oxbow lakes of the Zambezi. This is one of Zimbabwe’s prime safari areas and an excellent place to give a walking safari a try. The guiding is top quality and the range of animals to see extraordinary.

Carmine bee-eaters, Mana Pools National Park

Zebra, Hwange National Park

www.audleytravel.com/zimbabwe • 01993 838 590 • Zimbabwe

Malawi F

ramed by the Great Rift Valley, Malawi is a compact but incredibly diverse country with an intriguing mix of scenery and activities. The sparkling waters of vast Lake Malawi cover over a fifth of its area and give way to golden lakeshore beaches, grassy plains, dramatic mountains and lush tea estates. While the crowds flock to Africa’s better known safari destinations to see big game, Malawi’s reserves are being restocked with both plains game and predators, making this a fascinating time to visit the country’s wild national parks. For a taste of Malawi’s colonial history, visit the grand tea estates of the vibrant Thyolo region which also offers excellent walking, while the clear waters and beautiful beaches of Malawi’s ‘Lake of Stars’ make it a superb location for diving, snorkelling, kayaking and unwinding. Wherever you go, you will experience Malawi’s rich cultural heritage and can expect the friendly welcome and ready smiles that have earned Malawi the reputation of ‘the warm heart of Africa’.

Audley in Malawi

80 kilometres

Nyika National Park

TANZANIA Lake Malawi

1 Cape Maclear

ZAMBIA

A UNESCO World Heritage Site and one of the most picturesque areas of Lake Malawi. See page 103

Vwaza Marsh

Mzuzu

Nkhata Bay

Chintheche

Likoma Island

2 Likoma Island

A tiny unspoilt island in Lake Malawi with rocky promontories, golden beaches and huge baobab trees. See page 102

MOZAMBIQUE

Nkhotakota

MALAWI

3 Liwonde

National Park Malawi’s premier game viewing destination, dominated by the winding Shire River. See page 104

Salima LILONGWE

Dedza

Cape Maclear

1 Lake Malawi National Park

3 Liwonde National Park

Zomba

Shir e

Malawi remains an off-the-beaten-track destination and as such is less developed than some of its neighbours. You will find a good range of accommodation however, from rustic ecolodges and friendly guesthouses through to more luxurious safari and beach retreats. The country lacks the luxury resorts available in some other African countries but it more than makes up for this with personality. We can recommend some great lodges with attractive rooms and impressive facilities. Our specialists have visited all of the hotels, lodges and camps and will be able to discuss the options with you to find exactly the right choice.

50 miles

Accommodation

Ri ve

We have been working in Malawi for many years and have watched fledgling developments grow into a more confident and rounded infrastructure. We have visited new lodges, explored remote areas and experienced a range of safaris in order to offer the best possible advice. Although it’s possible to fly from place to place, we recommend a driver-guide who can offer a fascinating insight into the country and all it has to offer. If you’re keen to see big game, you could also complement your stay with a safari in Zambia’s South Luangwa National Park as the two locations connect easily by a short flight.

Majete 4 Wildlife Reserve

5 Thyolo’s Liwonde National Park 4 Majete Wildlife

Reserve A revitalised reserve in southern Malawi offering a wild safari experience. See page 104

Lengwe National Park

Blantyre

Thyolo's tea estates Mount Mulanje

tea estates A beautiful rural area with vibrant green tea estates set against the backdrop of Mount Mulanje, Malawi’s highest peak. See page 105

Mount Mulanje, Malawi

www.audleytravel.com/malawi • 01993 838 540 • Malawi

101

Beach on Likoma Island

Lake Malawi Malawi’s huge ‘Lake of Stars’ is a defining feature of this varied country, its sparkling waters dotted with tiny islands and fringed with golden beaches. Brightly coloured cichlid fish flit through the clear water, rustic beach lodges offer delightful hideaways and the calm water and good visibility make snorkelling, scuba diving, sailing and kayaking great diversions. Alternatively, you could just swing in a hammock and enjoy the views as you while away a few peaceful hours. Watching the sun dipping down into its waters or the moon rising slowly at the end of the day is an unforgettable experience.

Likoma Island & the Mozambique lakeshore Towards the northeastern corner of the lake lies tiny, unspoilt Likoma Island, a blissful retreat where pristine beaches are dramatically framed by rocky headlands and towering baobabs. This sleepy island is steeped in colonial history and its small town is home to the impressive St Peter’s Cathedral, built by missionaries who came to the island inspired by the words of David Livingstone. Just across the water lies the untouched wilderness of Mozambique, its white-sand beaches just a short speedboat ride away.

Kaya Mawa, Likoma Island One of our favourites, Kaya Mawa makes a gloriously relaxed retreat. Its name, which means ‘maybe tomorrow’, amply sums up the tranquil atmosphere here. There are 11 well-appointed stone chalets and a four bedroom villa overlooking a sweep of golden beach and connected by twisting pathways and steps. The rooms are all individually built to fit with their rocky surroundings and furnished to a high standard. Tasty meals are served at the main lodge or at a private table set up on the beach. You can relax at the small bar, swim in the plunge pool or enjoy snorkelling, diving, kayaking and sailing. For the more adventurous, waterskiing, wakeboarding, kitesurfing and quad biking can also be arranged. There’s plenty to explore on the island either by bike or on foot, with a visit to the sleepy small town and its impressive colonial cathedral a must.

Kaya Mawa, Likoma Island

102

Nkwichi Lodge, Mozambique lakeshore

Nkwichi Lodge, Mozambique lakeshore Set on one of Lake Malawi’s most beautiful beaches, Nkwichi is a luxurious ecolodge overlooking the white sands of the lakeshore. Accessed by boat from Likoma Island, this protected wilderness area is truly remote and few visitors make it here. There are five en suite chalets, a private house and a private retreat here. There is also the opportunity to sleep out under the stars. The buildings feature hand-crafted furniture, locally made textiles, and in the chalets, baths carved from the boulders. Meals can be enjoyed in a number of dining spots on the beach or under a giant baobab tree. The lodge was built by the local community and makes a wonderful place to relax, swim and snorkel as well as learn about local life and visit the various community projects which it sustains.

A woman drying fish, Chembe village, Cape Maclear

St Peter's Cathedral, Likoma Island

Pumulani, Cape Maclear

Dugout canoes, Cape Maclear

Dhow on Lake Malawi, Cape Maclear

Mumbo Island, Lake Malawi National Park

Cape Maclear & the southern lakeshore

small curve of golden sand where you can relax and enjoy a drink at the beach bar. The ten spacious villas are dotted around the hill, blending into the woodlands and rocks. Inside each is an airy bedroom, huge bathroom and comfortable living room all designed in a chic, modern style. Breakfast and dinner are usually served on the lodge’s deck area and lunches often enjoyed down on the beach. There are a number of activities to enjoy with a variety of water sports, mountain biking and village tours all available.

Mumbo Island, Lake Malawi National Park

Cape Maclear is a pretty headland that juts out into crystal clear waters on the southern shores of Lake Malawi. The tree-clad cape, its surrounding waters and a miniature archipelago of 12 islands are home to a unique diversity of tropical fish and were declared a national park in 1980 and later became a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Visitors can stay on one of the tiny islands or headlands, or in the small fishing village of Chembe. Cape Maclear is reached by light aircraft or a winding road.

Pumulani, Cape Maclear The luxurious Pumulani is set high up on a hillside with fabulous views out over the lake. A winding wooden pathway leads down to the swimming pool area and further below, a

Pumulani, Cape Maclear

Danforth Yachting, Cape Maclear Set in well-tended gardens running down to the beach, Danforth Yachting is a welcoming lodge in Chembe run by sociable hosts and owners Howard and Michelle Massey-Hicks. The eight bright and spacious rooms overlook the gardens and the infinity pool provides glorious views over the lake. A great option for both families and water sports enthusiasts, Danforth Yachting offers plenty of activities ranging from sailing and kayaking to wakeboarding and cultural trips. Day trips or sunset cruises on the owners’ impressive yacht, Mufusa, are a highlight and there is also a PADI dive centre. Meals are eaten under the large, thatched, lakeside gazebo.

Mumbo Island is a secluded and rustic camp on a small private island just off Cape Maclear in the protected waters of the Lake Malawi National Park. This island can be accessed either by kayak or by boat, and is covered with rocky coves and a forested interior which can be explored on foot. There are six rooms in total, five en suite safari tents located on a rocky outcrop which is reached by a wooden walkway, and one family unit on the main island close to the beach. Local crafts from hand-carved bottle stoppers to woven cane furniture and hand-painted decoration can be seen throughout the lodge and give it great character and personality. The relaxed atmosphere of Mumbo suits those who like to be independent, with kayaking, snorkelling, diving or simply swinging in a hammock all wonderful ways to while away the peaceful hours here.

Danforth Yachting, Cape Maclear

www.audleytravel.com/malawi • 01993 838 540 • Malawi

103

Herd of waterbuck, Liwonde National Park

Liwonde National Park Liwonde, located to the south of the lake and Cape Maclear, is Malawi’s most popular national park. The wide Shire River runs along the western border of the park fringed by borassus palms and is home to crocodiles and large hippo pods basking on its banks and islands. Elsewhere in Liwonde you’ll find elephant, sable antelope, waterbuck, impala and bushbuck, as well as excellent birding. At the heart of the park is a protected reserve which provides a safe haven for black rhino, buffalo, zebra and hartebeest, and you can track rhino on foot and learn more about their conservation here. Activities in Liwonde include game drives, morning walks and boat trips which enable you to get up close to the elephant herds bathing in the Shire River and hippo wallowing in the shallows.

Mvuu Lodge, Liwonde National Park

Mkulumadzi, Majete Wildlife Reserve

Liwonde’s most luxurious accommodation option, Mvuu Lodge enjoys a peaceful location on the banks of a lagoon, at its confluence with the Shire River. There are seven spacious and comfortable tents and one romantic honeymoon suite, all raised up on wooden decks and decorated in classic safari style. The tents and the main lodge, which has a small pool, and dining and lounge area, all look out over the water and provide excellent views of hippo wallowing in the river and warthog and antelope on the plains. Activities range from game drives to boat trips to morning nature walks. It is also possible to visit Liwonde’s rhino sanctuary.

Located in a private concession area within the Majete Wildlife Reserve, Mkulumadzi is a luxurious and exclusive lodge with eight beautiful chalets tucked into the riverine forest. Each chalet has a spacious bedroom and lounge area, en suite bathroom with sunken bath and outdoor shower. All are decorated in a sleek, contemporary style with private decks overlooking the Shire River. Meals are often served on the large open-air deck in the main lodge, where you’ll also find a lounge and bar area, a small shop, and a swimming pool. Activities include game drives, boating safaris and bush walks as well as rhino tracking and cultural tours.

Majete Wildlife Reserve This is one of Malawi’s largest protected areas and covers an area of over 700 square kilometres. Ongoing conservation work means that Majete is improving all the time but few visitors make it here and so it offers a wonderfully authentic safari experience. Lion have been successfully reintroduced into the reserve and elephant, buffalo, zebra, black rhino, sable, waterbuck and kudu can all be seen. You may also be lucky enough to see some of the other predators. Birding is also excellent here with around 250 species recorded.

Mvuu Lodge, Liwonde National Park

104

Mkulumadzi, Majete Wildlife Reserve

Suggested itinerary Tailoring your trip

zambia

The itinerary shown is designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and is a route that works particularly well. We can use this as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Malawi specialists to start planning your itinerary.

Lake Malawi mozambique malawi

Lilongwe

Mumbo Island

Cape Maclear

T 01993 838 540

Getting around

Tea picker, Thyolo

Huntingdon House, Satemwa Estate

Thyolo’s tea estates In the south of Malawi lies the fertile Thyolo region where much of the country’s crops are grown. Here you will find vibrant green tea estates stretching across huge areas around the foothills of the lofty Mount Mulanje. This is a verdant place with many walking trails making it ideal to explore on foot. Tea first came to Thyolo in 1908 and is now the dominant crop in the region. A stay on the tea estates offers an insight into this vital crop and the history of the region.

Huntingdon House, Satemwa Estate Satemwa is one of Malawi’s longest established tea and coffee estates, owned by the same family for three generations. The house has five luxurious guest bedrooms with many period features, each decorated in an individual style with contemporary furnishings that reflect the historic nature of the house. There’s a shady veranda outside and roaring fires inside during the cooler winter months. Evening dining retains a sense of colonial grandeur with silver service and fresh, organic local ingredients used in the meals. Outside, there are rolling manicured lawns, 100 year old trees and colourful gardens perfect for long walks. Guests can explore on foot or by mountain bike.

mozambique

There are direct flights from Nairobi or Johannesburg to Lilongwe, Malawi’s capital. As Malawi is a relatively small country, visitors have the option of exploring either by light aircraft or by road in a private vehicle with a driver-guide. While flights offer spectacular views, many choose to explore the country by road in order to have the option of stopping off at points of interest. Roads in Malawi range from smooth tarmac to rutted dirt tracks so a transfer can be an adventure, and fun, with a good guide. It is easy to combine Malawi with Zambia as there are daily flights between Lilongwe and Mfuwe, the airport outside Zambia’s South Luangwa National Park.

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33 33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

Highlights of Malawi This circular trip around southern Malawi takes in all of the country’s highlights. Travelling between destinations is equally enjoyable with a knowledgeable driver-guide providing valuable insights into the country and suggesting interesting stops. Day 1

Fly to Johannesburg overnight.

Day 2

Arrive in Johannesburg and fly to Lilongwe.

Days 3-5 Continue by road to Liwonde National Park where you can enjoy game viewing. Days 6-8 Transfer by road to Cape Maclear. Get out onto, or under the water with sailing, swimming, snorkelling and relaxation at Lake Malawi. Days 9-11 Take a boat trip or kayak to Mumbo Island. Enjoy kayaking, swimming and snorkelling. Day 12

5 Travel is not recommended.

Broadly speaking, Malawi has two seasons: dry and wet. The dry season is from May to October. Within this, May until August is a cooler time of year with bright sunshine and fresh evenings. Temperatures start to rise in September and remain high throughout the rainy season which runs from November to April. The heaviest rains are often in December, January and February. Because of Malawi’s varied landscape, regional variations in weather are significant. The lower lying lakeshore areas are warmer all year round while temperatures in the highlands are refreshingly cool with chilly evenings, particularly in the winter.

Liwonde National Park

Transfer by road to Lilongwe. Connect to your international flight.

Stay longer For a big game experience, fly by light aircraft from Lilongwe to South Luangwa National Park in Zambia, renowned for both its plains game and big cat populations. Spend your days on game viewing activities including walking safaris, game drives and night drives.

Time difference: GMT+2 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Malawi on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Elephant, Liwonde National Park

www.audleytravel.com/malawi • 01993 838 540 • Malawi

105

Madagascar 165

million years ago Madagascar broke free from Africa and drifted 400 kilometres out into the Mozambique Channel. Isolated from the rest of the world, wildlife evolved on its own distinct path. Of Madagascar’s 200,000 species, more than 80% are endemic. The best known inhabitants are the lemurs – this is where you’ll hear the eerie wail of the indri echo across rainforests. Walks through the forests also reveal wild ginger ferns and a kaleidoscope of chameleons, frogs and butterflies. Birds screech in the trees and insects, some still unknown to science, march through the leaf litter. The people of Madagascar are diverse, a legacy of being an island that saw successive waves of new arrivals. The country’s French colonial heritage is evident in a smattering of historic churches and the cuisine, which has a definite Gallic flair. Lastly, the beaches remind you that the island lies in the Indian Ocean – they are soft, white-sand stretches, watched over by frigate birds and swaying palm trees.

Diego Suarez Amber Mountain National Park

Nosy Mitsio

Joffreville

Nosy Be

Ankarana Special Reserve

Nosy Komba Nosy Iranja

Indian Ocean

Audley in Madagascar Anjajavy Private Nature Reserve

Rainforest

Maroantsetra

Mahajanga

Île Sainte Marie

b tsi

MADAGASCAR

Andasibe

Can

ANTANANARIVO

ihina

125 miles

200 kilometres

nes

Antsirabe

gala

Kirindy Reserve

Avenue of the Baobabs

Pan

Morondava

Tamatave

Tsingy de Bemaraha National Park

rib Tsi

oka

Mozambique Channel

Masoala National Park

Nosy Mangabe

Ankarafantsika National Park

Madagascar’s infrastructure is a few years behind its African neighbours. Flights can be subject to delays, roads are rutted and accommodation in some areas can be basic. We have many years of experience operating in and researching the country, seeing all the possible accommodation options and finding ways around transport problems. We have carefully picked a team of guides with extensive knowledge and more than a bit of initiative. As long as you are aware of what to expect, Madagascar is an exciting and rewarding place in which to travel. You can revel in the colour and vibrancy of the villages and towns, wonder at the beauty of the virgin rainforests and laze in true luxury on some of the pristine beaches. The country is not for everyone, but if you have an open mind and relaxed attitude, it is hard not to fall in love with this beautiful island.

Ranomafana National Park

Fianarantsoa

Morombe

Isalo National Park

3 Rainforest

Ifaty

Accommodation Tulear

Standards are not generally as high as they are in the mainland safari destinations, that said, luxurious lodges run by operators with experience of working in remote locations are beginning to change this situation. Although you may not get the same assured service you might elsewhere, you will find a characterful range of places to stay, with no bland uniformity; it is all part of the charm of a visit to Madagascar. In the rainforest there are small camps, where the eggs for breakfast are collected from the chickens roaming the grounds. In villages and towns you can stay in old colonial homesteads, whilst on the coast there is everything from tiny guesthouses to boutique hotels. Away from the land, one of the best ways to explore is on a surprisingly affordable yacht charter. Food is generally good, with a cuisine that blends Malagasy, French and Asian influences. Zebu beef steaks are a speciality, as are prawns, crab, lobster and fresh fish.

Anakao

Ifotaka

5 Community

Tsimanampetsotsa National Park

Forest

Berenty Reserve

1 Andasibe Where the indri as well as other lemurs and chameleons can be viewed. See page 108

Fort Dauphin

2 Anjajavy Private

Nature Reserve A private reserve with deciduous forest and sandy beaches. Lemurs and sifakas are found here in abundance. See page 114 3 Isalo National Park A beautiful park encompassing vast savannahs and sandstone cliffs. Excellent for walking. See pages 108-109

Chameleon, Andasibe

4 Île Sainte Marie A colourful and vibrant island with white sandy beaches. Perfect for whale watching from June to September, and general relaxation. See page 113 5 Ifotaka

Community Forest The sacred home of the Antandroy people, with a number of tombs hidden in the spiny forest. See page 110

www.audleytravel.com/madagascar • 01993 838 585 • Madagascar

107

Ranomafana National Park

Andasibe Hotel, Andasibe This hotel offers comfortable accommodation in 20 bungalows. The rooms have good facilities and a private terrace so you can sit outside and look out over the paddy fields. The restaurant offers varied menus including typical Malagasy flavours or Oriental cuisine. Massages are available, which can be very welcome after a long day walking in the forest. In the heat of the day you can relax beside the swimming pool or head out onto the little river and enjoy some kayaking. Andasibe Hotel, Andasibe

Andasibe Andasibe is an area of montane rainforest at an altitude of around 1,000 metres. This is the best place to see indri, the largest lemur, and two of the resident groups have been habituated to man. There are eight other species of lemur in Andasibe and the most commonly seen include the grey bamboo lemur, brown lemur and woolly lemur. On nocturnal walks you might see mouse lemurs and the greater dwarf lemur. There are some peculiar reptiles in the reserve, from the Parson’s chameleon, which is as big as your arm, to the distinctive nose-horned chameleon. Unusual birds to look out for include blue and red-fronted coucals, the Madagascar blue pigeon and the Madagascar long-eared owl.

Ranomafana National Park & Isalo National Park Ranomafana National Park is part of the lush rainforest that runs down Madagascar’s east

Setam Lodge, Ranomafana National Park

108

coast. The steep hills are covered in thick vegetation, occasionally broken by waterfalls and mountain streams. The park’s star attraction is the golden bamboo lemur, often found grazing amongst the bamboo thickets. In Isalo National Park golden sandstone cliffs can be seen rising above the plains from many miles away. The park is home to some of Madagascar’s most stunning scenery, and is a sacred place for the Bara tribe, whose burial sites are marked by countless mounds of tiny stones. Brown lemurs feed amongst the branches, Verreaux’s sifakas leap from rock to rock, and troops of cheeky ring-tailed lemurs wander along the pathways.

Setam Lodge, Ranomafana National Park The lodge has spectacular views over the park’s mountains and rainforest, and each day guests awake to the sight of the early morning mist rising from the trees. Setam Lodge has 20 simple bungalows built into the hillside just outside Ranomafana National Park. The rooms have everything you will need, though not much beyond this. They are spotlessly clean with heaters for the cooler winter months. All of the rooms have small terraces with views over the valley. In the warmer months, lunch is often taken outside the restaurant so that you can enjoy the view and fresh air. It’s the closest lodge to the park gate, making it an excellent base from which to explore.

Ring-tailed lemurs, Andasibe

Isalo National Park

Giraffe-necked weevil, Ranomafana National Park

Fishing boat, Anakao

Anakao Ocean Lodge, Anakao

Le Jardin du Roy, Isalo National Park

island of Nosy Ve has a white sandy shoreline and is home to hundreds of tropical birds. The reefs offer good snorkelling with aquatic species including surgeonfish, angelfish, butterflyfish, groupers and rays. On land you have a chance of seeing ring-tailed lemurs, tortoises, chameleons, geckos and other lizards.

Le Jardin du Roy, Isalo National Park

Satrana Lodge, Isalo National Park Quite unlike the other properties in Madagascar, Satrana has 40 safari tents set at the base of a sandstone massif. Each of the stylishly furnished tents is set on a raised platform and the en suite bathroom has both indoor and outdoor showers. The dining area in the lodge has huge bay windows to make the most of the impressive scenery and offers excellent Malagasy and French cuisine. There is a small library and a decent sized swimming pool for cooling off after a day’s walking.

Satrana Lodge, Isalo National Park

Built from granite to blend in with the landscape, the main lodge looks down over a long stretch of lawn which ends in towering sandstone cliffs. Inside the lodge is a restaurant with a fireplace and a cosy bar with billiards and board games. The 40 rooms echo the landscape with granite walls and deep red fabrics reflecting the bougainvillea in the garden. All of the rooms have a small sitting area outside where you can relax with a drink or a book and watch the cliffs as they catch the light of the setting sun. When you’re not exploring the national park there is plenty to do in the lodge. There is a good sized swimming pool for a dip, tennis and horse riding can be organised, and a masseuse is on hand for a spot of pampering.

Anakao Anakao is a quiet Vezo fishing village around 50 kilometres south of Tulear, the town at the end of Route 7, the main route to the southwest. The best way to reach Anakao is by boat as the roads are terrible, and fleets of pirogues line the shore. Modern development has largely passed Anakao by; most of the villagers are fishermen and shortly after dawn each morning you’ll see tens of tiny sails flutter across the water. The coastline is beautiful and there are several worthwhile beaches. Offshore, the tiny

Anakao Ocean Lodge, Anakao You’ll have to make a long journey to get to this lodge but it’s a real treat when you finally arrive. There are 25 thatched stone rondavels, built in two rows along the long, sandy beach. They’re the epitome of rustic beach chic and very comfortable. The main lodge houses the bar and restaurant under a soaring thatched roof. The menu, which normally revolves around the day’s catch, is French and Malagasy, and a real treat for fish lovers – those that don’t eat fish may struggle. Outside there is a small terrace where guests can eat lunch and listen to the waves. It does get very windy here, and windsurfing and other watersports are popular, but there is also a spa, and you can enjoy day trips to local islands or a day trip to Tsimanampetsotsa National Park, a large saltwater lake with flamingos and spiny forest.

www.audleytravel.com/madagascar • 01993 838 585 • Madagascar

109

Manafiafy Beach

Mandrare River Camp, Ifotaka Community Forest

Ifotaka Community Forest

For an incredible wildlife experience, it’s worth making the long journey here. Mandrare’s six tents sit on the banks of the Mandrare River under tamarind trees. Each tent is comfortable, with large bedrooms and en suite bathrooms. The sun rises directly in front of the tents giving breathtaking early morning views. The food here is excellent, and a sundowner by the river is the ideal end to an exciting day. With some of Madagascar’s most enthusiastic and knowledgeable guides, this camp is well suited to wildlife enthusiasts and it is one of the only places to explore the unique spiny forest. You can also enjoy local markets, and some great people watching.

This sleepy fishing village on the bay of St Luce in southern Madagascar was where the Portuguese first landed in 1613. The bay’s sheltered waters provided safe anchorage then, and now harbour the local fishermen’s dugout canoes. The village has changed little in the intervening 500 years; the smell of cloves and vanilla sweeten the air, and a generally sleepy atmosphere prevails. The sandy beaches are backed by forests where lemurs, chameleons and geckos can be seen. Offshore there are coral reefs rich in marine life, and humpback whales pass by from early June until mid-November..

Manafiafy Beach and Rainforest Lodge, Manafiafy This lodge has an idyllic setting surrounded by azure blue seas, lush verdant forests and distant mountains. There are six comfortable bungalows tucked into the forest overlooking the beach. Each has a large bedroom which opens onto a shady terrace with sun beds, a hammock and a table and chairs for outdoor dining. The lodge prides itself on its cuisine with seafood a speciality bought from the fishermen daily and exquisitely prepared for candlelit dinners on the beach. Activities include snorkelling and swimming, boat and kayak trips, spotting birds and lemurs in the forest and sharpening your haggling skills at the local market.

As remote as it is wild, the Ifotaka Community Forest covers a huge expanse of gallery and spiny forest and is protected by the Antandroy, one of Madagascar’s fiercest and most traditional tribes. Their ancestors are buried in the forest and in the course of guarding their graves the Antandroy preserved the area for wildlife. You can find many species of lemur, including the ring-tailed, mouse, sportive and sifaka varieties. It is possible to visit the ombiasy (traditional healer), learn how to use the piletse, a zebu-hide sling shot, and take a zebu cart to the colourful market at Fenaivo. Manafiafy Beach and Rainforest Lodge, Manafiafy

110

Manafiafy

Limestone tsingy, Ankarana Special Reserve

Panther chameleon, Ankarana Special Reserve

Leaf-tailed gecko, Ankarana Special Reserve

Amber Mountain National Park & Ankarana Special Reserve The far north of Madagascar is home to the rainforest of Amber Mountain National Park, which is usually shrouded in mist clinging to the huge strangler figs and quinine trees. The spectacular bird species found here include the Madagascar crested ibis and the paradise flycatcher, with its long trailing tail feathers. On foot you have the chance to discover smaller animals such as the leaf-mimic chameleon, tree boa, leaf-tailed gecko and pill millipede, which curls up into a perfect ball. Ankarana is one of the best places in Madagascar to see limestone tsingy, a spectacular karst rock formation. A few pathways wind through the rocks and the walking is challenging but rewarding with some incredible views. The lower levels of the park are deciduous forest, where crowned lemurs and Sanford’s brown lemurs can be seen amongst the trees.

The Litchi Tree, Joffreville

Nature Lodge, Joffreville

Crowned lemur, Ankarana Special Reserve

This lodge is located on a hill two kilometres south of Joffreville and is centred on a restaurant that serves local food, and a small, sociable bar. There are 12 simple, thatched chalets made from local wood, each with a deck that is perfect for taking in the superb views of Diego Suarez, Madagascar’s most northerly town, and the Indian Ocean beyond. Although it is a little cool to eat outside in the evenings, the terrace is a wonderful spot for an early evening drink watching the sun go down – they have a selection of local rums that pack quite a punch. For day trips, the lemurs and misty forests of Amber Mountain National Park are just a short drive away.

The Litchi Tree, Joffreville There is no accommodation at Amber Mountain, so the best place to stay is Joffreville, four kilometres away. The colonial building housing The Litchi Tree dates from 1902 and sits on a hill overlooking Joffreville. Having stood empty for years, it was restored to its former glory by a Frenchman, Hervé Dumel, and turned into a boutique hotel. Grand stairs lead into the house and an elegant dining area, library and lounge. At the back of the house the stable blocks have been converted into six bedrooms. The owner is also the chef and good food is taken seriously here. Stylish and comfortable, this is an enjoyable place to stay.

Nature Lodge, Joffreville

www.audleytravel.com/madagascar • 01993 838 585 • Madagascar

111

Avenue of the Baobabs, between Morondava and Belon’i Tsiribihina

Masoala National Park Masoala National Park is Madagascar’s largest park and one of its least visited. Here, primary rainforest blankets the mountains as they descend to the deserted beaches of Antongil Bay where humpback whales come to breed and calve. The Masoala rainforest is beautiful and blessed with a wide variety of flora including tall palisander trees, vines, wild ginger plants, ferns and orchids. Walking in the forest you can see a variety of amphibians, the most obvious of which is the vibrant red tomato frog. The most commonly-seen chameleon species include the panther, hooded and stump-tailed chameleon. Masoala is home to the red-ruffed lemur, who like to hang around sunning themselves on the tops of trees in the morning. At night you often see eastern woolly lemurs sitting in the tree forks. On the ground, lowland streaked tenrecs rustle through the vegetation in their endless search for insects.

Red-ruffed lemur, Masoala National Park

112

The wild west of Madagascar

Masoala Forest Lodge, Masoala National Park

Masoala Forest Lodge, Masoala National Park This small and simple ecolodge is in a little clearing in the primary rainforest of Masoala, set above an idyllic beach where enormous trees hang over the yellow sands and large granite boulders. The camp consists of seven simple but comfortable Meru-style tents raised two metres above ground on a wooden platform, each with a thatched roof, balcony with hammock and private beach access. At the centre of the clearing is a typical Malagasy longhouse. Here meals are served at a large wooden table, with hearty three course dinners on offer which make the most of local produce and seafood. When the weather is good you can swim and snorkel off the beach in the Tampolo Marine Reserve. Other activities include sea kayaking, windsurfing and, from June to September, whale watching.

The remote west is home to dry deciduous forests which support a fantastic array of wildlife. Lemurs are plentiful, as are numerous bird species, butterflies, snakes and chameleons. These forests are easy to explore, with leafy paths winding through the trees. Kirindy is a good place to see the vaguely off-putting giant jumping rat, pygmy mouse lemur and the fossa, while Tsingy de Bemaraha is the most impressive rock formation in Madagascar. The Avenue of the Baobabs is a dirt road between Morondava and Belon’i Tsiribihina, lined by 30-metre-high baobab trees. This is a remote corner of Madagascar, but the effort of getting here is repaid by the chance to see a highly unique landscape. Nearby you can find the lovers baobabs, a pair of trees entwined in an embrace. Local folklore says they are the arboreal form of two young lovers unable to marry because they were already betrothed to other people.

Panther chameleon, Masoala National Park

Beach on Île Sainte Marie

Traditional embroidered tablecloths, Nosy Komba

Humpback whale, Île Sainte Marie

Masoandro Lodge, Île Sainte Marie

Madagascar’s beaches

Île Sainte Marie

Madagascar is not just paradise for lemurs. Its sandy beaches and beautiful islands are heavenly too, especially after the rigours of exploring the country. Some, such as Nosy Be, are developed and busy, while others such as Île Sainte Marie, Nosy Komba and Tsarabanjina are less well-known and much sleepier. Here, it is easy to find deserted beaches with soft sand and clear water. Many of the islands are inhabited and you become accustomed to the sight of fishermen paddling past in wooden pirogues, often filled with thatching palms and grain until they float just inches above the water. The islands are easy to access and make the ideal location to relax on after some strenuous hiking in the rainforest. Days can be spent snorkelling, diving, pottering around on a bicycle or just snoozing in a hammock.

This sleepy island, off Madagascar’s northeast coast, is a place of soft-sand beaches and palm trees, traditional fishing villages and a variety of small lodges. The island is renowned for its seafood and is the best place on Madagascar to eat crab, washed down with the island drink, coconut milk enlivened by a large measure of pastis. In the 17th and 18th centuries Île Sainte Marie was a popular base for the Indian Ocean’s pirates but today there is just one town, Ambodifotatra, which has a couple of cafes, a large church and a busy market. Human visitors aren’t the only ones to appreciate the charms of Île Sainte Marie – from June to September humpback whales come to breed and calve in the calm waters offshore.

Indian Ocean. The Beach Grill serves good French and Malagasy cuisine where the emphasis is on seafood, but zebu steaks and pizzas are available too, as well as a decent wine cellar and bar. It is also one of the few places in Madagascar with a spa. The lodge is particularly romantic at night when it is lit by paraffin lanterns.

Princesse Bora Lodge & Spa, Île Sainte Marie The Princesse Bora Lodge is reached by zebu cart (or jeep on rainy days) and the relaxed pace of the journey sets the tone for the rest of your stay here. Set on a white-sand beach leading down to a sheltered lagoon, the lodge and villas face west, ideal for spectacular sunsets. Accommodation is in 20 charming villas with a rustic but comfortable character and each has its own deck and hammocks. There is an infinity pool to lounge by, as well as a floating pontoon where you can enjoy a drink surrounded by the

Masoandro Lodge, Île Sainte Marie For those who want to get back to basics, this simple beach lodge is ideal. The focus is on the west facing private cove, where fiery sunsets over the Indian Ocean are worth planning into your day. Tropical palms surround the lodge and the sea is good for snorkelling. There are 18 simple but comfortable bungalows, including 12 nature and six luxury. Each luxury bungalow has a balcony or terrace to enjoy the views with a cool drink. Alternatively you can laze in the infinity pool which has great views out over the sea. The restaurant serves French and Malagasy food. You can enjoy some of Africa’s best whale watching from June to September, and take trips to Île aux Nattes off the south coast of Île Sainte Marie, or the white-sand beaches of the north coast.

Princesse Bora Lodge & Spa, Île Sainte Marie

www.audleytravel.com/madagascar • 01993 838 585 • Madagascar

113

Beach on Nosy Komba

Anjajavy L’Hôtel, Anjajavy Private Nature Reserve

Anjajavy Private Nature Reserve The Anjajavy Private Nature Reserve covers an area of four and a half square kilometres and is predominantly dry deciduous forest. There are over 1,800 floral species, most endemic and several with medicinal properties. Walks through the forest reveal chameleons, frogs and perhaps even the elusive fossa, Madagascar’s chief predator. There are two diurnal lemur species, the common brown lemur and Coquerel's sifaka, both of which are easily seen. Nocturnal species include sportive and mouse lemurs. A stay at Anjajavy is as much about the coast as it is the forest. Explore the mysterious islands of Moramba Bay by boat to see the sacred baobab trees, or visit the series of small coves that run the length of the reserve. Alternatively, you can take a picnic and snorkelling equipment and spend an afternoon on your own private beach. 114

Anjajavy L’Hôtel, Anjajavy Private Nature Reserve

Constance Tsarabanjina, Tsarabanjina Island

One of the best hotels on the island, Anjajavy is distinguished by doing all of the simple things well. It helps to have a fantastic location in manicured tropical gardens overlooking the Mozambique Channel. The 24 restful villas have separate seating areas and an upper floor with space to relax. They have garden and sea views, and a terrace where you can sit with a drink. You can do as much as you want here, from lazing by the beachside infinity pool, to exploring the forest or undersea world. The food here is a delight and is complemented by a well thought out wine list.

This private island has 25 bungalows linked by sandy paths that weave in and out of the coconut palms; it makes an idyllic retreat. Each bungalow is rustic yet stylish, made from local rosewood with a palm thatch roof but offering the modern conveniences of comfy beds and air-conditioning. The four beaches are made up of white sands and turquoise waters. Lazy days are spent relaxing on the beach, snorkelling, diving, kayaking, fishing and exploring the island. The bar and restaurant are the types of place where shoes are never necessary, and you can enjoy a cool drink and French cuisine overlooking the beach and Indian Ocean.

The Nosy Mitsio Archipelago The Nosy Mitsio Archipelago is far from the mainland and accessible only by boat or helicopter. The arrival is breathtaking, cruising between tiny islands that have the classic desert island recipe of tropical vegetation and snowwhite beaches. Skimming over the water you often glimpse bottlenosed dolphins and green turtles coming up for air. The archipelago is made up of about a dozen islands. Our favourite, Tsarabanjina is beautiful, with volcanic rocks, palms and badamier trees. Nosy Ankarea is surrounded by coral reefs, while Les Quatres Frères is made up of four imposing silver basalt rocks, covered by hundreds of nesting seabirds.

Constance Tsarabanjina, Tsarabanjina Island

Coquerel’s sifaka, Anjajavy Private Nature Reserve

Nosy Komba

Fisher boat creek, Tsarabanjina Island

Tsarabanjina Island, Nosy Mitsio Archipelago

White-sand beach, Tsarabanjina Island

Tsara Komba, Nosy Komba Tsara Komba is a characterful little property set above an idyllic beach on Nosy Komba. Granite pathways flanked by beautiful tropical flowers lead you from the beach up to the eight thatched bungalows dotted around the hillside. Each bungalow has a large bedroom and bathroom and shady veranda with stunning sea views. Also perched on the hillside is the restaurant and bar, shaded by thatch but open to the sea breeze. The restaurant serves excellent Malagasy and French food with the emphasis on seafood. There is a good selection of wine as well as Tsara Komba's famous coconut rum punch. Local woman, Nosy Komba

Sailing in Madagascar Chartering a yacht gives guests a unique opportunity to explore totally untouched islands off Madagascar’s northwest coast. You can spend your time snorkelling, fishing or visiting private beaches.

Nosy Komba For an appealing blend of tropical beach hideaway and excellent wildlife viewing, look no further than Nosy Komba. A few kilometres off the mainland, it’s a mountainous, jungle-clad place with golden, sandy beaches, warm waters and a healthy population of habituated black lemurs. The island's main settlement, Ampangorinana, is home to artists and craftsmen and the entrepreneurial villagers do a brisk trade in embroidered tablecloths, woven baskets and wood carvings. Out of the village, island life is quiet, with sleepy little fishing settlements hidden in coves.

The yachts range in size from small yachts for two or four guests to catamarans sleeping eight or more. They come with an experienced skipper and chef and can be chartered for anything from three days to a few weeks. The yachts are well priced making this a very affordable option. Tsara Komba, Nosy Komba

www.audleytravel.com/madagascar • 01993 838 585 • Madagascar

115

Tailoring your trip

Smiling lady at a market

The realities of travel in Madagascar A trip around Madagascar is very different to mainland Africa’s better known safari destinations as the infrastructure here is relatively undeveloped. It is important to approach your trip with a relaxed attitude and sense of humour. Accommodation can be in all sorts of buildings, from converted colonial houses to A-frame reed and thatch chalets. All are totally different in character and some have more than a few quirks. Internal flights can be subject to delays and schedules can change with little notice. The Malagasy people are welcoming but English is not widely spoken, so it is useful to have a basic grasp of French and a phrasebook. Despite the challenges of travel in Madagascar we can’t recommend it highly enough – the guides are knowledgeable and the wildlife is exciting, and it is refreshing to be out of a vehicle and exploring on foot. Now is an excellent time to visit the country before it is ‘discovered’ by the masses. Our advice would be to revel in the chaos, the colour and the wildlife – just don’t bother to take your watch, or even your calendar.

The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Madagascar specialists to start planning your itinerary.

Isalo National Park Tulear

madagascar

Getting around You can get around Madagascar by flying or by being driven by an Audley guide. In northern Madagascar distances are huge and roads poor so for this reason it is best to fly. Air Madagascar has a network of domestic flights routing via Antananarivo, known locally as Tana. The main road south from Tana, Route 7, is a tar road winding through a number of villages and towns. It’s a scenic route and you can explore it with one of our driver-guides. Heading south through the parks of Ranomafana, Isalo and Berenty takes about ten days. On reaching the south coast you can either fly back to the capital or stay for a couple of days on the beach.

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Head south on a road trip with a difference and a journey through the towns, villages and diverse national parks of southern Madagascar. With a backdrop of paddy fields, zebu carts and colourful roadside stalls, the highlights include rainforests, beaches, lemurs, chameleons and frogs, and a chance to see Madagascan daily life. Day 1

Fly to Tana.

Days 2-4

Take a guided drive to Andasibe. Head out to try and find indri, the largest of all the lemurs.

Day 5

Drive to Antsirabe. This market town is a great showcase for Malagasy crafts, and you can see the locals going about their business.

Days 6-7

Continue to Ranomafana National Park. Hike through the rainforest on the hunt for golden bamboo lemurs.

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Classic Southern Madagascar

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33 33 33

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

5 Travel is not recommended.

Madagascar stretches north across several latitudes, from just below the Tropic of Capricorn, to well above it, so the climate varies. Broadly speaking the north is hot and tropical, the west temperate, the east wet and the south dry. From March to June there are some heavy downpours, however, these are interspersed with sunshine. June, July and August are cool and dry – ideal for exploring, but it would be wise to pack clothes you can layer. September, October and November are particularly pleasant as the weather is fine and warm. December is hot. The most rain falls from January to March and cyclones can occur during this period.

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Madagascar on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

116

Ranomafana National Park

Anakao

Time difference: GMT+3 hours

Woolly lemur, eastern Madagascar

Antsirabe

T 01993 838 585

Andasibe

Antananarivo

Days 8-10 Drive to Isalo National Park. Explore the sandstone massif and keep an eye out for Verreaux’s sifakas. Days 11-13 Drive to Tulear. Reach the end of Route 7 at the coast and take a boat to Anakao for some time to relax on the beach. Walk, windsurf, fish and read on this beautiful stretch of sand. Day 14

Fly back to Tana where you will connect with your international flight home.

Stay longer You can extend your trip by flying up to Anjajavy Private Nature Reserve. Explore the forests on foot and the idyllic coastline by boat. Afternoon tea is taken in the ‘Oasis’, a beautiful garden where Coquerel’s sifakas and brown lemurs leap through the trees. With fabulous cuisine and unparalleled service, Anjajavy offers a luxurious end to a trip around Madagascar.

Suggested itineraries Diego Suarez Amber Mountain Ankarana Special Reserve Nosy Be / Nosy Komba madagascar

Anjajavy Private Nature Reserve

madagascar

Île Sainte Marie madagascar

Antananarivo

Andasibe

Antananarivo

Andasibe

Antananarivo

Highlights of Northern Madagascar

Explore Andasibe & Île Sainte Marie

The tropical north is home to rainforests, fabulous beaches, lemurs, frogs and chameleons. Spotting lemurs, from the black and white indri to the diminutive mouse lemur, is a big part of the trip, but there’s also plenty of time to admire unspoilt beaches and revel in the scenery.

This is a great introduction to Madagascar, taking in the magical rainforests of Andasibe which are ideal lemur habitats, and finishing up with time on Île Sainte Marie. The mixture of activity, with plenty of hiking through the trees, combined with relaxation on an unspoilt island makes for an excellent trip.

Enjoy Madagascar’s forests and beaches without travelling around, with a week at the Anjajavy Private Nature Reserve. With a forest full of lemurs, chameleons and frogs and perched above white sandy beaches you can enjoy wildlife viewing in the morning and swimming and snorkelling in the afternoon. This would make the perfect honeymoon.

Day 1

Fly to Tana.

Day 1

Days 2-5

Take a guided drive to Andasibe. Head out to try and find indri, the largest of all the lemurs, and chameleons.

Day 6

Drive to Tana and spend the afternoon visiting the UNESCO World Heritage Site at Ambohimanga, the former retreat of Madagascan royalty.

Days 2-8 Take a light aircraft flight to Anjajavy Private Nature Reserve. Settle in to your accommodation and relax by the pool. Spend your days exploring the private coves, enjoying afternoon tea while lemurs gambol on the lawns, walking in the forest to look for chameleons and frogs, snorkelling in crystal clear waters, visiting local villages and relaxing on boat trips.

Day 1

Fly to Tana.

Days 2-4

Take a guided drive to Andasibe. Head out to try and find indri, the largest of all the lemurs.

Day 5

Drive to Tana. Visit one of Tana’s restaurants, such as La Varangue.

Days 6-7

Fly to Diego Suarez and meet your guide. Drive to Joffreville. Explore Amber Mountain and visit waterfalls, spot birds and hike through the forest.

Days 8-9

Drive to Ankarana and hike in the special reserve. Get photos of the otherworldly rock formations of the limestone tsingy.

Days 10-14 Drive to Ankify and take a boat to Nosy Komba. Bargain for handicrafts in the village, snorkel offshore, search the forests for black lemurs and admire Indian Ocean sunsets. Day 15

Take a boat to Nosy Be where you will fly to Tana and connect with your international flight home.

Days 7-11 Fly to Île Sainte Marie for some relaxation on the beach. Hire bikes and cycle through rural villages. Visit the island capital, Ambodifotatra, and enjoy a look around the shops and harbour. If here from June to September keep an eye out for the spectacular breaches of humpback whales. Day 12

Fly to Tana and enjoy an afternoon exploring the capital city.

Day 13

Head to the airport for your international flight.

Hidden Madagascar

Fly to Tana.

Day 9

Fly back to Tana and look for gifts to take back with you.

Day 10

Head to the airport for your international flight.

Stay longer From Anjajavy you could explore one or two of the north’s tropical islands, such as Nosy Komba or Tsarabanjina Island. On Nosy Komba you can try and spot black lemurs, while Tsarabanjina is a private island with superb accommodation, activities and food.

Stay longer From Nosy Komba take a private yacht charter around the islands off Madagascar’s northwest coast. Sail to the remote Nosy Mitsio Archipelago or Radama Islands. You can spend each day as you choose: snorkelling, fishing, exploring deserted islands or visiting tiny fishing communities. At the end of each day you can enjoy a seafood barbecue on a private beach before enjoying a drink under the stars.

Tomato frog, Madagascar

Panther chameleon, Madagascar

www.audleytravel.com/madagascar • 01993 838 585 • Madagascar

117

Uganda A

diverse land where lush forests echo with the hoots of chimpanzees, open savannah plains and vast tea plantations cover the landscape, and the 5,000-metre, glacier-topped Rwenzori Mountains pierce the sky. In an often dry continent, Uganda is a welcome splash of green. There is the opportunity to come face to face with a mountain gorilla in the Bwindi Impenetrable National Park, and itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s home to some of the most diverse and abundant birdlife in the continent, including the rare shoebill stork. Although the wildlife was heavily poached during Idi Aminâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s era, the national parks and reserves now provide an important sanctuary for ever-increasing populations of game including elephant, buffalo, lion and even leopard. If you think Africa has no surprises left for you, Uganda may well prove you wrong.

Audley in Uganda

Accommodation

Our knowledge and first-hand experience of Uganda make us well placed to advise you about this emerging destination. All our tours to Uganda are private, giving you the flexibility to set your own pace. A driver-guide will stay with you throughout your trip, so you can stop to explore a busy market, take a photograph or meet the local people. Travelling times can be variable, so a relaxed attitude is important. The scenery is ever-changing, making the travel from place to place a fascinating journey in itself.

Most accommodation in Uganda is in small lodges and safari camps in, or near, the national parks. In Entebbe and Kampala, however, we use a range of small guesthouses and larger hotels. Accommodation options can be limited in some places and although standards of service and food are usually good, they are not exceptional, even in the more luxurious properties. We have visited all the properties we recommend, and hand-picked our favourites, where friendly staff more than make up for any lack of experience. Black-headed weaver, Queen Elizabeth National Park

118

Queen Elizabeth National Park

Albe rt N

ile

Kidepo Valley National Park

100 miles

161 kilometres

Murchison Falls National Park Budongo Forest Reserve

Mubende

2 Kibale Forest National Park Lake George

Queen Elizabeth National Park

Jinja KAMPALA

KENYA

Entebbe

Mburo National Park

Ssese Islands

Lake Victoria

TANZANIA

Kabale Virunga Mountains

ia Nile

Fort Portal Rwenzori Mountains National Park

Impenetrable 1 Bwindi National Park

This small lodge is perched on the hills overlooking the vast savannah of Queen Elizabeth National Park. There are eight spacious thatched cottages sitting on stilts on the hillside with large balconies where you can sit and enjoy the view. Inside you will find a four-poster bed and roll top bath, and even have the option of sleeping under the stars on the balcony. The main lounge and restaurant area is higher up the hill and is completely open to the west to enjoy the views out over the plains and the Rwenzori Mountains beyond. The Katunguru Gate for access to the park is only 15 kilometres away.

Lake Kyoga

Semliki Game Reserve

Katara Lodge, Queen Elizabeth National Park

Lira

Lake Albert

Lake Edward

Katara Lodge, Queen Elizabeth National Park

UGANDA

r Victo

The savannah plains of Queen Elizabeth National Park in the west of Uganda are scenically punctuated by candelabra trees and home to a variety of game. Hippo line the Ishasha River and lion can be found lounging in the low boughs of the fig trees in the southern plains. Further north, the Kasenyi Track is home to a wide variety of antelope including Uganda kob, bushbuck, reedbuck and topi. Elephant and buffalo are present throughout the park and the shores of the Kazinga Channel, linking Lake Edward and Lake George, are home to fish eagle, pied kingfisher and African skimmer. More than 600 species of bird can be found here.

RWANDA

1 Bwindi Impenetrable

National Park This dense montane forest is home to the mountain gorilla. See page 121 2 Kibale Forest

National Park One of the best places in Africa to see chimpanzees in their natural habitat. See page 120

3 Queen Elizabeth

National Park The main area for a traditional safari with populations of lion, elephant and buffalo, and a wide variety of birds. See page 119

4 Murchison Falls

National Park Dramatic waterfalls where the Nile is forced through a narrow gap in the Great Rift Valley. This is also a rewarding area for wildlife, which can be viewed from boat or 4x4. See page 120

Mweya Safari Lodge, Queen Elizabeth National Park With a prime spot on the ridge of the Mweya Peninsula, which separates Lake Edward from the Kazinga Channel, Mweya Safari Lodge has far-reaching views. The 54 elegant rooms have large windows and private terraces overlooking the Kazinga Channel below. A swimming pool and sundeck at the main lodge make the perfect spot to sit and admire the scenery, while steps lead down the hill to an observation point where you can watch hippo wallowing and animals coming to the water to drink. Tasty local and international food is served in the dining room, or outside overlooking the water. While here guests can enjoy game drives and boat safaris.

Queen Elizabeth National Park

Young gorilla, Bwindi Forest

Mweya Safari Lodge, Queen Elizabeth National Park

www.audleytravel.com/uganda â&#x20AC;˘ 01993 838 575 â&#x20AC;˘ Uganda

119

Murchison Falls, Murchison Falls National Park

Kibale Forest National Park The dense and diverse vegetation of this national park provides food and sanctuary for 13 species of primate. It is an excellent park for exploration on foot, as paths lead deep into the forest. It is one of the best places in Africa to search for chimpanzees in their natural habitat, as well as blue monkeys, L’Hoest’s monkeys and grey-cheeked mangabeys. Nearby, the Bigodi Wetlands are a birder’s paradise, where you can spot a colourful array of marsh-dwelling birds and clouds of butterflies. Kibale Forest is also surrounded by dozens of crater lakes, which offer superb walking, as well as tea plantations which blanket the countryside in verdant greens.

Primate Lodge, Kibale Forest National Park Set in dense jungle and surrounded by the exotic sights and sounds of the forest, this simple lodge offers a real sense of adventure. There are seven simple stone cottages and eight tents, all of which have private verandas. Bright bedspreads, local art and natural materials give the rooms a sense of local character. Water pressure in the forest can be variable, and water is only available at certain times of the day. After a day in the forest, unwind by the fire in the lounge area, listening to the red-tailed monkeys in the trees nearby.

Nile Safari Lodge, Murchison Falls National Park

Primate Lodge, Kibale Forest National Park

Murchison Falls National Park This park in western Uganda is where the wide and placid Nile is suddenly forced through a narrow cleft in the Rift Valley Escarpment, producing a torrent of white water. To the north of the river, tall grassland is interrupted by patches of borassus palm, acacia and woodland. To the south, the vegetation becomes thicker with dense woodland and a beautiful area of closed canopy forest on Budongo Hill. Sightings of lion, elephant, hippo, waterbuck, giraffe, leopard and hyena are common. In the park the birdlife is extraordinary too, with over 460 species recorded including numerous raptors and the shoebill stork.

Located on the southern bank of the Nile in lush riparian forest, Nile Safari Lodge blends seamlessly into the surroundings. The eight wooden chalets are raised on platforms hidden amongst the trees and although simple, are comfortable, with running cold water, bucket showers and private verandas overlooking the Nile. Hippo can be seen and heard in the river and elephant are often seen on the opposite bank. The main lodge has a large lounge with a separate dining area, and a camp fire is lit each evening near the bar. There’s also a wooden deck with comfortable chairs overlooking the river and a swimming pool for a cooling dip. Game drives take place on the opposite side of the river, which involves a 30 minute drive and then a short ferry to the other side.

Nile Safari Lodge, Murchison Falls National Park

120

Elephant, Murchison Falls National Park

Mountain gorilla, Bwindi Impenetrable National Park

Patas monkey, Murchison Falls National Park

Mangrove kingfisher, Kibale Forest National Park

Mahogany Springs, Bwindi Impenetrable National Park

Buhoma Lodge, Bwindi Impenetrable National Park

Bwindi Impenetrable National Park One of the most biologically diverse forests in Africa, Bwindi Impenetrable National Park is home to Uganda’s largest population of mountain gorillas and is a highlight of any trip to the country. The steep ridges of the hills and valleys, which form the eastern edge of the Albertine Rift Valley, are covered by dense rainforest, mixed with bamboo and nettles. While the park’s name may suggest otherwise, the trek to reach the gorillas is challenging rather than impossible – it can take anything from half an hour up to five hours. Your first glimpse of a gorilla, however, is unforgettable and ranks as one of the world’s great wildlife experiences. There’s plenty to see en route as the forest is home to other primates including colobus monkeys, which stand out as a brilliant flash of black and white against the dark green canopy.

When you have a long trek ahead it’s good to start in a convenient location and Buhoma Lodge is just a five minute walk away from the Bwindi Impenetrable National Park headquarters. The ten cottages here are dotted along a hillside with a leafy outlook over the forest. The rooms are simply furnished, and have balconies where you can relax with a coffee in the afternoon enjoying the view. The evenings in these mountains can be cool, so a fire is lit in the main lodge which becomes a great focal point to gather round for a drink and swap gorilla stories. The lodge also offers in room massages, ideal for any aching muscles.

Mahogany Springs, Bwindi Impenetrable National Park

Sanctuary Gorilla Forest Camp, Bwindi Impenetrable National Park This camp has a picturesque setting inside the park, surrounded by thick jungle. There are eight large tents on raised wooden platforms, each with a terrace where you can sit and listen to the sounds of the monkeys and birds in the forest. The main dining and bar area is open-sided with views over the manicured gardens to the opposite hillside. The food is excellent, with large breakfasts and five course meals every evening, while the campfire is a welcome addition as the temperature dips. There is also a small spa offering massage treatments to anyone with weary legs after a day trekking to see the gorillas.

This eight room lodge is next to the Munyanga River and overlooks the Bwindi Impenetrable National Park. The rooms are spacious with large glass doors leading onto a balcony, where you can relax and enjoy the views. The main lodge has tall ceilings with a thatched roof, a large terrace where breakfast is served, and a dining room with open fireplaces. There is also a gift shop as well as a lounge area with a library, portable DVD players and board games. As well as visiting the gorillas, you can enjoy guided bird walks, nature walks and visits to the lodge’s vegetable garden. Sanctuary Gorilla Forest Camp

www.audleytravel.com/uganda • 01993 838 575 • Uganda

121

Suggested itinerary democratic republic of congo uganda Kibale Forest National Park Entebbe Queen Elizabeth National Park Lake Mburo National Park Bwindi Impenetrable National Park tanzania rwanda

Lake Victoria

Uganda Primate Explorer This trip is a chance to see Uganda’s most impressive primates, the chimpanzees of Kibale Forest and the mountain gorillas that live in Bwindi Impenetrable National Park. With long hours travelling and tracking the primates through the jungle, this is a challenging but rewarding journey. You’ll also have the chance to spot predators and plains game.

Murchison Falls, Murchison Falls National Park

Day 1

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

5 Travel is not recommended.

Adult chimpanzee, Kibale Forest National Park

Tailoring your trip The itinerary shown is designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and is a route that works particularly well. We can use this as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Uganda specialists to start planning your itinerary.

Uganda straddles the Equator and daytime temperatures are warm, generally hitting 25C to 30C (77F to 86F). It is also high altitude and the elevation means that nights are refreshingly cool at 12C to 18C (53F to 64F). The wet seasons are March to May and October to November, but Uganda isn’t as green as it is by chance, and in reality it can rain at almost any time. Time difference: GMT+3 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Uganda on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

T 01993 838 575

Getting around In African terms Uganda is a compact country. Most trips begin with a flight to Entebbe, where you will meet your driver-guide and set off in a 4x4. The roads are not the best in the world and progress can be slow, but Uganda is endlessly scenic which makes the journeys more interesting. The main attractions can be planned in a loop so you don’t have to retrace your steps. 122

Fly to Entebbe and spend your first night in Uganda by Lake Victoria.

Days 2-3 Transfer to Kibale Forest National Park. Break the journey with picnic stops and views of tea plantations, colourful villages and open savannah. Trek through the forest, search for the chimpanzees, and should you find them, spend an hour observing them. Days 4-5 Continue to Queen Elizabeth National Park. Take a boat cruise on the Kazinga Channel and watch hippo and elephant in the water. You can gain a different perspective from a game drive along the banks of the channel. Days 6-7 Head on to Bwindi Impenetrable National Park. Trek through the jungle on the trail of the mountain gorillas. Day 8

Continue to Lake Mburo National Park. Relax and enjoy the views over the plains or head out on a game drive.

Day 9

Head back to Entebbe. Pass through Kampala, the capital, on the way before seeing Lake Victoria at Entebbe.

Day 10

Head to the airport to connect with your international flight.

Stay longer While the beaches of Lake Victoria are a welcome novelty, Zanzibar’s beaches are in a totally different league. Fly to the Indian Ocean and laze on the white sands, snorkel in warm tropical seas and enjoy fresh seafood.

Red-chested sunbird, Queen Elizabeth National Park

Young gorillas, Volcanoes National Park, Rwanda

Trekking in Bwindi Impenetrable Forest, Uganda

Gorilla tracking Mountain gorilla numbers are making a tentative recovery, although this has to be put in context – from an estimated 620 left a quarter of a century ago, there are now around 880 in the wild. This is due to extensive conservation efforts and in no small part down to the visitors who come to see them. Most of the gorillas live far from human reach. A small number, however, have been habituated and can be tracked under the watchful eyes of park scouts. Getting to the Gorillas Tracking mountain gorillas is one of Africa’s greatest wildlife adventures. It’s not easy – you must scramble up muddy paths and crawl through thick vegetation but the first sight of a mountain gorilla takes your breath away. Crouching low in the steamy jungle

you can watch silverbacks crunching on wild celery and nettles, youngsters chasing each other around clearings and babies leaping from low branches before being scooped up by their mothers. Permits Permits must be obtained to visit the gorillas and as only eight are granted each day per gorilla group, they are extremely limited. We will secure the permits, but do advise that you start planning at least four months in advance. Trekking and Clothing Gorillas live in montane forest and treks to see them are at altitude, so you will need a reasonable level of fitness. Expect rain and mud, and a level of exertion that will keep you warm. We will provide a detailed kit list

before you travel so that you will have all the appropriate clothing you need once you arrive. We have found long trousers to protect your legs against nettles, and a t-shirt with a long-sleeved shirt on top to be the best combination of clothing, with waterproof outer layers. Thick socks and well worn-in hiking boots are the best option for footwear. A waterproofed daypack is essential to carry your camera, water bottle and snacks. Trekking poles are not necessary, as these are lent to you at the park gates. Porters can be hired to carry your daypack and help you up the steeper slopes. Rwanda or Uganda? There are two main places to view mountain gorillas, Volcanoes National Park in Rwanda or Bwindi Impenetrable National Park in Uganda. Rwanda Rwanda is a much smaller country than Uganda, so lends itself better to a short trip combined with a safari or beach stay elsewhere in East Africa. Volcanoes National Park is only two hours’ drive on tarmac road from Kigali, where the international airport is situated. For one visit to the gorillas, you will need a minimum of two nights’ stay, and three nights would be ideal. Rwanda has more than double the number of habituated mountain gorilla groups than Uganda and so permits are generally more easily available. Uganda Uganda is a larger country to explore and has a wider range of attractions. You can however, enjoy a traditional safari without leaving the country, and it’s one of the prime places in Africa to track chimpanzees.

Mountain gorilla, Bwindi Impenetrable National Park, Uganda

www.audleytravel.com/uganda • 01993 838 575 • Gorilla tracking

123

Rwanda A

Landscape of rolling hills, tropical forests and towering volcanoes, Rwanda is home to some of the continentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s most moving wildlife encounters. Trekking through primordial forest to watch a gigantic silverback lazing on his back in a patch of sunlight, whilst youngsters tumble playfully nearby, gives you the chance to see an authentic and deeply threatened scene and one that most travellers to this small yet beautiful country are here to witness. To the west unwind on the sandy shores of Lake Kivu with stunning panoramas, or take to a boat to continue your relaxation after gorilla tracking. In the south, Nyungwe National Park is renowned for more primate encounters and incredible birding opportunities.

Audley in Rwanda

Accommodation

We operate completely private tours of Rwanda, tailoring them to your interests and schedule. A driver-guide will be with you for the duration of your stay, offering fascinating insights into Rwandan cultures and traditions. The compact size of the country makes it easy to visit the main areas, in a week-long trip. You can combine Rwanda with Kenya or Tanzania for a safari or time on the beach. Our Rwanda specialists have all tracked the gorillas and are passionate about sharing this incredible experience with you.

Rwanda is still very much off the beaten track and it is important to recognise this when planning a trip here. The range of accommodation is limited, and in some instances the only option is a simple guesthouse. In places, such as Volcanoes National Park, however, there are several options to choose from, ranging from basic camps to more luxurious lodges. Standards of service and food vary but enthusiasm is much more universal, one of the undoubted charms of the country. Golden monkeys, Volcanoes National Park

124

Volcanoes National Park Volcanoes National Park protects the Rwandan side of the Virunga Mountains, which stretch into Uganda and the Democratic Republic of Congo. The craggy peaks tower over the surrounding farmland and are one of the most striking sights in East Africa. The rainforest which covers the slopes is home to around 300 mountain gorillas, as well as buffalo, forest elephant and several troops of golden monkeys. Around half of the gorillas living in this ecosystem reside on the Rwandan side of the mountains and gorilla tracking here is one of the wildlife highlights of Africa.

UGANDA Virunga Mountains

Volcanoes National Park

Lake Burera

Ruhengeri Akagera National Park

Gishwati Forest Lake Kivu

KIGALI

Mukura Forest

Lake Ihema

Rwamagana

RWANDA

Nyungwe Gikongoro Forest National Park Butare

25 miles

40 kilometres

1 Volcanoes

Lake Rweru

2 Lake Kivu

National Park Home to mountain gorillas and golden monkeys who live in the shadow of towering volcanoes. See page 125

A beautiful lake whose sandy shores are perfect for relaxation after gorilla tracking. See page 126

TANZANIA

3 Nyungwe Forest

National Park Home to chimpanzees, black and white colobus monkeys and a profusion of birdlife. See page 126

Virunga Lodge, Volcanoes National Park

Virunga Lodge, Volcanoes National Park Set on top of a ridge with far-reaching views over a fairy-tale landscape of peaks and water, this lodge offers a panoramic outlook over the Virungas and Lakes Ruhondo and Burera. The lodge itself is very comfortable, and accommodation is in ten bandas dotted around the hillside, each with great views. Chilly evenings are countered by thick duvets and hot water bottles and guests relax by the open fire in the lounge to swap stories after a gorilla trek. The wholesome cuisine here is just what you need to replenish energy levels and meals are eaten in the dining room or out on the terrace to enjoy the view. This lodge is around a 40 minute drive from the start of the gorilla trek.

Lake Kivu

Chameleon, Volcanoes National Park

Gorilla Mountain View Lodge, Volcanoes National Park A simple but comfortable place sitting at the foot of the occasionally snow-capped Mount Karisimbi, this lodge is just 15 minutes from the park headquarters where gorilla treks depart. There are 29 spacious chalets, each has a sitting area with wicker chairs, a fireplace to keep things cosy when the temperature drops in the evenings, and large but basic bathrooms. Generous servings of hearty but simple food made from local farm produce are served in the restaurant. Silverback, Volcanoes National Park

www.audleytravel.com/rwanda â&#x20AC;˘ 01993 838 580 â&#x20AC;˘ Rwanda

125

Nyungwe Forest National Park

Nyungwe Forest National Park In the far south of Rwanda, on the border with Burundi, Nyungwe Forest National Park is home to one of Africa’s oldest forests. This is mountainous country – the highest point in the park, Mount Bigugu reaches just shy of 3,000 metres. The dense vegetation is a refuge for 13 species of primate including chimpanzees and L’Hoest’s monkeys. The area is also a big draw for birdwatchers and 310 bird species are found here. Amongst them are the colourful great blue turaco, a prehistoric looking bird, and the forest hornbill whose eerie calls can be heard throughout the park.

Lake Kivu Travel to the west of Rwanda and you come to the sandy shores of Lake Kivu, an ideal place to take it easy after the rigours of primate trekking through Rwanda’s mountains. The combination of steep hills and lakeside vistas are at the heart of the area’s appeal. Days can be spent soaking up some sun and admiring the views, exploring the lake with a boat and guide, or making use of the leisure facilities in one of the hotels that line the lake. L’Hoest’s monkey, Nyungwe Forest National Park

Nyungwe Forest Lodge, Nyungwe Forest National Park This luxurious property is the top option in the Nyungwe Forest area. The lodge is located in the heart of a tea plantation and each of the 24 rooms overlooks the lush green tea fields and the forest beyond. The main lodge has a boma with a firepit for al fresco drinks and dining, an outdoor heated pool, two spa treatment rooms and a small shop. All of the rooms have private decks, where you can sit and enjoy the expansive views, and a fireplace to ward off the evening chill. They are also equipped with all the luxuries you could hope for, which make it a very relaxing place to spend a few days. This is a good base for trying to spot primates including colobus monkeys and chimpanzees, while enjoying some of the most comfortable lodging in Rwanda.

Nyungwe Forest Lodge, Nyungwe Forest National Park

126

Lake Kivu Serena Hotel, Lake Kivu A good place to relax after trekking through the jungle, the Lake Kivu Serena Hotel enjoys a great spot overlooking its own private sandy beach close to the town of Gisenyi. The hotel offers international standards of service and decor and has plenty of facilities to enjoy such as a pool with lake views, a spa, tennis courts and several restaurants. The 66 comfortable rooms are bright and modern and come with balconies where you can sit and gaze over the lake, or you could relax on a sunlounger on the private palm-fringed beach. Activities include taking a catamaran sailing on the lake, although it’s perhaps most fun to sit and people watch.

Suggested itineraries Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Rwanda specialists to start planning your itinerary.

Kenya Nairobi

uganda

democratic republic of congo

Volcanoes National Park

rwanda

Masai Mara

Kigali Gisenyi Lake Kivu Kigali

T 01993 838 580

Getting around In Rwanda the distances are relatively short and the roads good, so getting around can be a lot more pleasurable than in many African countries, with fewer of the rutted tracks and bumpy journeys that are known locally as an ‘African massage’. The striking views make journeys interesting and it’s fascinating to watch the locals going about their business en route. You will have a driver-guide for your entire trip, and as well as seamlessly transporting you around, they will offer a unique insight into local life and culture.

Rwanda’s Gorillas & Lakes

Gorillas & the Big Five

Hike high into the Virunga Mountains for a heady mix of soaring volcanic scenery, dense tropical forest and gorilla sightings. After the exertions of tracking down our primate cousins, the verdant hills and tranquil waters of Lake Kivu await. The inspiring view of the lake, punctuated by small islands and sandy beaches is a great incentive to relax.

This trip combines two of East Africa’s most thrilling wildlife encounters with a mix of gorilla tracking in Rwanda and seeking out the Big Five in Kenya’s Masai Mara. The itinerary is perfect for those who have limited time, with easy flight connections and straightforward access to the regions where you will track the wildlife.

Day 1

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

5 Travel is not recommended.

Rwanda lies just south of the Equator and daytime temperatures are warm – generally hitting 25C to 30C (77F to 86F). At altitude nights can be chilly at 12C to 18C (53F to 64F) and you may even see snow on the highest peak. The wet seasons are generally mid-September to November and March to May. The dry season from June to September is the best time for gorilla trekking in Volcanoes National Park, while the wet season is best for tracking chimpanzees in Nyungwe Forest National Park.

Fly to Kigali overnight. Visit the Genocide Museum for an insight into Rwanda’s turbulent history.

Days 2-4 Head to Volcanoes National Park region. Admire the volcanic peaks and settle in to the rainforest environment. Trek to find a family of habituated gorillas and energetic golden monkeys. Days 5-6 Continue to Gisenyi on the shores of Lake Kivu. Go for a boat trip on the lake and enjoy the views from the pool. Day 7

Day 1

Fly to Kigali in Rwanda.

Days 2-4

On arrival in Kigali you will be met by your guide and set off through the countryside to Volcanoes National Park. Spend one day tracking mountain gorillas and another on the trail of golden monkeys.

Day 5

Head back to Kigali and catch a flight to Nairobi, where you will spend the night. Visit one of the Kenyan capital’s excellent restaurants.

Days 6-9

Fly to the Masai Mara via Nairobi, to go on safari. With superb guides and endless plains that teem with animals, this is a highlight for any wildlife enthusiast.

Day 10

Fly back via Nairobi to connect with your international flight.

Head back to Kigali to connect with your international flight.

Stay longer Head to Nyungwe Forest National Park where you can track colobus monkeys and chimpanzees through mountainous forests, and return in the evening to stay in some of Rwanda’s finest accommodation.

Time difference: GMT+2 hours

Stay longer The beaches of the Indian Ocean are just a short hop from Nairobi, so if you have time you can finish up your trip lazing on white sands under coconut palms, while sipping a cool drink.

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Rwanda on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Canoe on Lake Kivu

Tracking mountain gorillas, Virunga Mountains

Gorillas, Volcanoes National Park

www.audleytravel.com/rwanda • 01993 838 580 • Rwanda

127

Mozambique S

taggeringly beautiful and largely undeveloped, Mozambique is an off-the-beaten-track destination that offers significant rewards to those who venture here. Combining a stunning coastline with a fascinating colonial past and a vast interior offering wild safari experiences, it is Africa’s hidden gem. The country’s sweeping coastline is lined with palm-fringed beaches dotted with small traditional fishing villages. Offshore, the idyllic Bazaruto and Quirimbas Archipelagos are home to pristine white-sand beaches and excellent diving and snorkelling around marine-rich coral reefs. Ibo Island and Ilha de Moçambique, former outposts of Swahili traders and the Portuguese, are atmospheric reminders of Mozambique’s colonial past. While much of Mozambique’s interior remains unexplored and inaccessible to visitors, the Niassa Game Reserve provides the opportunity for a remote safari with large elephant herds.

Audley in Mozambique Lake Malawi

3 Pemba

MOZAMBIQUE MALAWI

Nacala Nampula

ZIMBABWE

Accommodation

Gorongosa National Park

100 miles

160 kilometres

Ilha de Moçambique

Beira

Visitors are drawn to Mozambique by its remote and unspoilt nature and its pristine beaches, and these are matched by a choice of characterful coastal hideaways that offer complete relaxation and an escape from the everyday. Beach accommodation in Mozambique ranges from exclusive private islands to rustic ecolodges. Many of the lodges here combine excellent cuisine and a high standard of accommodation so you can enjoy all the amenities you could wish for without losing local character. Accommodation options are more limited in the interior, but the elegant Lugenda Camp in Niassa Game Reserve offers a luxurious environment from which to enjoy Mozambique’s wild heart.

Quirimbas Archipelago

Niassa Game Reserve

Manda Wilderness

We have been operating in Mozambique for many years and have witnessed the change in the country as modest numbers of visitors begin to make it here. We frequently return to visit old favourites as well as new properties and travel routes that have opened up, and our specialists are well placed to advise on the best ways to access isolated areas and enjoy this alluring country. Whether it is Mozambique’s beautiful beaches, its history and culture, or wild safaris that interest you, we can make recommendations, offer advice on how to combine all three, or even suggest how you might combine a trip to Mozambique’s pristine sands after time spent observing big game in South Africa’s Kruger National Park.

TANZANIA

Bazaruto Archipelago Vilanculos

Inhambane

SOUTH AFRICA

Cooking fish, Quirimbas Archipelago MAPUTO

1 Bazaruto Archipelago White-sand beaches with world-class diving and snorkelling on an archipelago of sand dunes rising from the sea. See page 130

3 Ibo Island Eerie and atmospheric, this ancient Swahili town has crumbling mansions, forts, churches and markets. See page 131 2 Quirimbas Archipelago A breathtaking collection of islands fringed by coral reefs, with luxury accommodation and excellent diving. See page 131

4 Niassa Game Reserve One of Africa’s wildest reserves with spectacular scenery, good walking and a fascinating conservation story. See page 132

Fishing nets on the beach

www.audleytravel.com/mozambique • 01993 838 560 • Mozambique

129

Beach and coral reefs, Benguerra Island

Bazaruto Archipelago The Bazaruto Archipelago consists of five sandy islands strung out in the turquoise waters of the Indian Ocean, just offshore from southern Mozambique. Declared a national park in 1971, these islands are idyllic, with sugar-white beaches whose sands squeak underfoot, and rolling sand dunes blanketed in lush vegetation. Warmed by the waters of the Mozambique Channel, the islands are fringed with coral reefs home to a superb variety of marine life and the diving and snorkelling is world-class. The archipelago is accessed by a short helicopter flight or boat trip across the sparkling waters from Vilanculos.

Azura Benguerra Island Azura is a chic retreat on the northwest of Benguerra Island combining African charm with modern decor. The 17 air-conditioned beach villas are stylish and comfortable, each with a spacious bedroom, en suite bathroom and private plunge pool. A butler is available throughout your stay to look after your every need. Along with the glorious main pool overlooking the beach, there is a relaxing spa treatment room, a well-equipped fishing centre, and a PADI dive school where you can organise diving and snorkelling. Azura is firmly connected to the community and committed to improving life for local people through training and opportunities. Azura Rainbow Fund runs a variety of projects supporting the community as well as the Dugong Protection Foundation.

&Beyond Benguerra Island This lodge is set along an idyllic stretch of beach, its 12 beautiful casinhas and cabanas shaded by milkwood trees. The well-spaced rooms are light and airy, raised on wooden platforms and overlook the aquamarine sea. Each room also has its own private infinity plunge pool but if you can drag yourself away, snorkelling and diving trips on the lodgeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s state-of-the-art catamaran, sea kayaking in search of the elusive dugong and picnics on deserted dunes await. You can also explore the island by 4x4, go fishing or enjoy a relaxing spa treatment. Azura Benguerra Island

130

Anantara Bazaruto Island Resort & Spa

Anantara Bazaruto Island Resort & Spa This hotel has a superb location on a perfect crescent of white sand lapped by turquoise seas. The 44 air-conditioned beach, sea view and pool villas are spacious and tranquil. There are two restaurants, one serving Ă la carte Mozambican and Portuguese cuisine and the other offering African bush-style dinners under the stars. There is also a pool bar which serves snacks throughout the day. The resort has two pools, a spa, and a wide variety of activities available from diving and snorkelling to boat trips, waterskiing, fishing, windsurfing, sailing, horse riding and dune boarding.

Fishing boat on the beach, Ibo Island

A school of anthia fish, Quirimbas Archipelago

Woman with musiro face mask, Ibo Island

Mogundula Island, Quirimbas Archipelago

Quirimbas Archipelago Pristine and well off the beaten track, the Quirimbas Archipelago is made up of 32 coral islands set in emerald seas just off the coast of northern Mozambique. The islands are largely uninhabited and virtually untouched and lush tropical vegetation tumbles down low coral cliffs in a tangle of green creepers to the white-sand beaches. Butterflies flit about, brightly coloured flowers hang from the trees, monkeys swing between branches and tropical birds circle overhead. Offshore the turquoise waters are a marine sanctuary, rich with coral and fish, green and hawksbill turtles, the rare dugong, and between July and October humpback whales, guaranteeing some of the world’s best diving. Several of the islands offer boutique resorts catering for the trickle of visitors that make it here, while others are home only to nesting turtles, seabirds and the odd visiting fisherman.

Anantara Medjumbe Island Resort & Spa

Ibo Island Lodge

Anantara Medjumbe Island Resort & Spa

Overlooking the waterfront on historic Ibo Island, this charming hotel is set in three restored colonial mansions with high ceilings, heavy doors and plenty of local character. Each of the 14 large rooms is individual in style with handcrafted teak and mahogany furniture, enormous four-poster beds, antique fittings and wide terraces with beautiful views. There are three swimming pools set in lush tropical gardens and a wonderful rooftop terrace where you can enjoy food and cocktails under the stars. Spend your morning wandering down alleys lined with crumbling colonial architecture, traders and craftsmen, then laze away the afternoon on a short dhow trip to a deserted sandbar.

This boutique resort perches above a long sandy beach on tiny Medjumbe Island. A narrow sliver of white sand breaking from the turquoise sea, you could walk around Medjumbe in an hour, exploring its old stone ruins and keeping an eye out for rare black herons. The 12 pool villas here epitomise rustic luxury and each comes with air-conditioning and a spacious deck overlooking the beach. There’s a real end of the earth atmosphere in this secluded and utterly tranquil spot where you can relax in your own private plunge pool, dine in the airy main lodge, snorkel, dive or maybe take a trip to nearby Quissanga Island. Fiddler crab, Ibo Island

www.audleytravel.com/mozambique • 01993 838 560 • Mozambique

131

Niassa Game Reserve

Street on Ilha de Moçambique

The Niassa Reserve in northern Mozambique is one of the largest and wildest in Africa. The reserve is home to the highest concentrations of wildlife in the country with large herds of elephant and buffalo, while kudu, impala, hartebeest, wildebeest and zebra are regularly sighted. Hyena, lion and leopard are also there, but harder to spot. Niassa is suited to those looking for an active safari. The game in the park can be quite timid as years of armed conflict and poaching has taken its toll, and although numbers are recovering due to pioneering conservation work, visitors come as much for the ruggedly beautiful scenery as the wildlife.

Lugenda Camp, Niassa Game Reserve Set under sycamore fig trees on the banks of the Lugenda River, this chic camp offers a unique wildlife experience. Unfenced and set in a rich wildlife corridor, it is not unusual to see large game wandering through the camp and in fig season elephant stride right past guests on their private verandas as they search for juicy fruit on the fig trees. There are just eight tents in this camp where king size beds, double basins and refined

furnishings create a sense of understated luxury. The dining area is open, so you can immerse yourself in the environment or choose to eat outside in the boma area around a blazing campfire. There are lots of activities to keep you busy including game drives, night drives, walking and canoeing or you could just relax by the small pool with a good book.

Beach, Nacala Bay

The Nacala Region The Nacala region is unspoilt with endless beaches backed by mangroves and subtropical bush. Offshore there are quiet reefs, wrecked Portuguese galleons, and from July to October, humpback whales passing on their annual migration. One of the most exciting places to visit in this region however, is Ilha de Moçambique. Once the capital of the country, it is now a UNESCO World Heritage Site where many of the buildings are being carefully restored. Reached by a long bridge, this tiny island city is home to narrow streets lined with beautiful churches and grand trading houses. South of Ilha de Moçambique, La Veranda is a private nature reserve where you’ll find mangrove forests, dunes, white-sand beaches and just one small lodge, while to the north is remote Nanatha Bay, an idyllic retreat dotted with tiny fishing villages.

Migrating humpback whale

132

Coral Lodge 15.41, La Veranda Nature Reserve

Nuarro Lodge, Nanatha Bay

Perched between a lagoon and the Indian Ocean is Coral Lodge 15.41, so named for its latitude. The lodge sits on the tip of a peninsula with ten villas lying secluded in the dunes. Bright, spacious and airy, the villas have either sea or mangrove views. Meals are served in an open dining area overlooking the ocean and make the most of locally caught fish. Although there is a large saltwater swimming pool, the lagoon will make you want to dive right in; its coral reefs and clear water make it ideal for swimming and snorkelling. Activities include diving, kayaking and visiting Ilha de Moçambique.

Nuarro Lodge, Nanatha Bay This rustic lodge on Nanatha Bay stretches along a deserted beach backed by pristine bush and baobab forest. Built by the local community, this ethical lodge plays an important role in their economy and guests get a unique insight into life in this region. The 12 comfortable chalets feature local crafts and fabrics and have large doors and windows opening up to a shaded veranda with views of the bay. Dining revolves around fresh seafood, often washed down with a signature cocktail. Aside from unwinding, savouring the beach lifestyle and revelling in the atmosphere here, you can enjoy top quality diving, boat trips, and kayaking.

Coral Lodge 15.41, La Veranda Nature Reserve

Suggested itineraries Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Mozambique specialists to start planning your itinerary.

zimbabawe

mozambique

mozambique Bazaruto Archipelago Medjumbe

T 01993 838 560

Pemba

Getting around

When to go 5

Island-hopping Northern Mozambique

Kruger Big Five & Bazaruto Beaches

Combining Mozambique’s idyllic beaches with the country’s cultural highlights, this itinerary offers a rounded insight into both modern and historic life on the east coast. A private island with just one resort, Medjumbe offers the opportunity to snorkel, fish, dive and laze to your heart’s content while the former Portuguese trading port of historic Ibo Island offers a captivating mixture of crumbling colonial mansions and laid-back island living.

Spend a few days seeking out the Big Five in South Africa’s Kruger National Park, enjoying early morning game drives and evenings around the campfire. Follow this with a week exploring the underwater world of the Bazaruto Archipelago, unwinding on white-sand beaches and dining on fresh seafood.

Day 1

Fly overnight to Johannesburg.

Days 2-5

Fly from Johannesburg via Pemba to Medjumbe where you can find your own untouched spot of beach and snorkel, swim and feast on fresh fish.

Days 6-8

Fly to Ibo Island for your stay at Ibo Island Lodge. Explore the island, swim and snorkel from sandbanks and coral islands.

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Kruger National Park south africa

Travelling around this huge country can be a challenge, however if you enjoy a sense of discovery, Mozambique is well worth the adventure. As distances are large in Mozambique it is best to fly around the country. There are connections from Johannesburg to Pemba and Vilanculos, where you can pick up light aircraft flights to access other parts of the country. They also fly between Kruger National Park and Vilanculos, making this a great option to combine a safari with time on the beach. Travelling between Mozambique’s islands can either be by plane, helicopter or boat.

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Vilanculos

Ibo Island

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

5 Travel is not recommended.

Mozambique has a warm, tropical climate with regional variations. Northern Mozambique has a dry season that runs from May to November, with a few showers in September. Temperatures in July are typically about 25C (77F), while in November they can rise to over 30C (86F). The rains fall from December to May with January to March the wettest months. Southern Mozambique’s dry season runs from April to October. July and August are around 25C (77F), whilst October hits 30C (86F). The rainy season here is from November to March. January and February are the wettest months with the possibility of cyclones. Time difference: GMT+2 hours

Day 9

Fly to Pemba and then on to Johannesburg where you will connect with your international flight.

Day 1

Fly overnight to Johannesburg.

Days 2-4

Fly from Johannesburg to Kruger National Park and head to your safari lodge to enjoy game viewing.

Days 5-12 Fly from Kruger National Park to Vilanculos and take a boat to Bazaruto Archipelago where you will spend time at the beach; diving, snorkelling and lazing around on the white sand. Day 13

Boat and road transfer to Vilanculos Airport where you will fly via Johannesburg to connect with your international flight.

Stay longer Stay longer Mozambique combines well with a safari in Botswana, Namibia or Zambia. You can spend a week or longer in the large game reserves in any of these countries before flying to Mozambique. A night in Johannesburg is required in between, and we minimise your time here, flying you in at dusk and out to Mozambique at dawn. Due to good flight connections you can be on safari in Botswana in the morning and enjoying a large seafood lunch in Mozambique the next day.

Why not extend your time in South Africa and explore some of the country’s other highlights. A flight to Cape Town would offer a complete change of scenery, with the chance to see Africa’s most easy-going city. You could also visit the Winelands for inspirational mountain landscapes, Cape Dutch architecture and top quality food and drink.

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Mozambique on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Colonial architecture, Ibo Island

Lady walking along the beach, Vilanculos

www.audleytravel.com/mozambique • 01993 838 560 • Mozambique

133

Seychelles A

paradise island archipelago, the Seychelles offers a host of idyllic beaches of pure white sand sloping gently down to turquoise seas. Outcrops of giant granite boulders form sculptures on the powder-soft sands, coconut palms sway gently in the fragrant tropical breeze and exotic seabirds wheel overhead. It’s easy to sit and while away your days here but the Seychelles offers so much more than blissful scenery, with world-class diving and snorkelling, rainforest and coastal hiking, island-hopping adventures and an array of exotic wildlife. The 115 islands are a convenient rest stop in the middle of the Indian Ocean and thousands of birds from delicate fairy and sooty terns to adversarial frigate birds stop off here to take advantage of favourable nesting sites. Giant tortoises are another highlight and the brightly coloured coral reefs support a spectacular collection of marine life. On top of all this you will find relaxed and friendly people, tasty Creole food and gorgeous places to stay. For a special trip, the Seychelles is hard to beat.

Audley in the Seychelles Each of the Seychelles’ 115 islands offers their own version of a tropical idyll with subtle differences in landscape, culture or attractions giving them a distinct character. Some islands, such as La Digue, are best explored by bicycle, whilst on others, such as Praslin and Mahé, you will find it easier to get around by car. Our team has travelled around all of the islands so we understand the characteristics of each and can recommend particularly good reefs for snorkelling, and the best places for a fresh lobster lunch. We can tailor a trip to the Seychelles to your interests whether you’re planning a relaxing beach break, an islandhopping adventure or some luxury after a safari on the mainland.

5 Bird Island

6 Denis Island

1 Anse Source d’Argent

The Seychelles’ most famous beach, located on La Digue. A picture-perfect example of white sands framed by granite boulders. See page 140

10 miles

16 kilometres

SEYCHELLES

2 Vallée de Mai

National Park Praslin’s UNESCO World Heritage Site and the place to see coco de mer palms. See pages 136-137

Cousine Island

2 Praslin

North Island

La Digue

Silhouette Island

Accommodation There is a wide range of accommodation in the Seychelles from small Creole guesthouses to deluxe five star hotels. If you’re looking for a really exclusive getaway then there are also a number of private islands. We have stayed in all types of accommodation and make recommendations from personal experience. Because of the wide variety of properties on offer we can tailor a trip to suit both your style and budget.

VICTORIA Mahé

St Anne Island

Frégate Island

Indian Ocean

Sooty tern, Bird Island 3 Mahé

5 Bird Island

The Seychelles’ largest island is fringed with beautiful beaches but has dramatic granite outcrops and mountains at its core. The capital, Victoria, is on the northeast coast. See page 138

Bird Island hosts 800,000 pairs of breeding sooty terns from May to October. See page 139

6 Denis Island

A magical coral island, home to giant tortoises, coconut plantations and sandy beaches. See page 139

4 Praslin’s Beaches The pretty coves and gently sloping beaches, such as Anse Lazio, that regularly make top ten beach lists. See pages 136-137

Grand Anse, La Digue

Ghost crab, Mahé Island

www.audleytravel.com/seychelles • 01993 838 515 • Seychelles

135

Anse Lazio beach, Praslin

Praslin Exceptionally beautiful with thick emerald vegetation, sugar-white beaches and pale turquoise waters, Praslin is the second largest Seychelles island. Coral reefs and small atolls are visited by seabirds and nesting turtles. The pace of life on Praslin is gentle and unhurried, and a relaxed tour of the island would take about two hours. Small villages bask in the sun, rainbow-coloured shops sell banana bread and smoked sailfish sandwiches, and bulbuls babble in the trees. In the centre of the island is the Vallée de Mai National Park, a UNESCO World Heritage Site once thought to be the original Garden of Eden. Offshore there is excellent diving and snorkelling with reefs surrounded by schools of butterflyfish, sweetlips and damselfish amongst others. The nearby nature reserve islands of Cousin, Aride and Curieuse, where thousands of seabirds squabble and squawk, can be visited on a boat trip.

Shoal of fish, Praslin

136

Hotel L’Archipel, Anse Gouvernement

Constance Lémuria, Anse Kerlan

One of our favourite places in the Seychelles, the great value Hotel L’Archipel is a charming, small hotel far removed from the international chains. The buildings climb up the hillside from the white-sand beach. The comfortable, cottage style rooms and suites are set on different levels in mature tropical gardens and each has a terrace where you can sit and enjoy the sea views. A busy day here might include a visit to the beach, a dip in the infinity pool or exploring in a kayak. In the evening look forward to a sundowner and dinner in one of the two restaurants. Not surprisingly, locally caught fish is high on the menu.

Set overlooking a pretty cluster of white-sand coves at Anse Kerlan, this grand resort offers 105 luxurious suites and villas hidden in lush foliage. Thatched roofs shelter supremely comfortable accommodation in an elegant yet modern style with marble floors and large bathrooms. This is a place to do as much or as little as you want: you can look forward to spending days lounging by the three level swimming pool, unwinding in the spa, beach-hopping or taking to the sea in a kayak or sailing boat. The water here is calm and clear with excellent swimming and snorkelling and plenty of turtles who come and lay their eggs on the beach during nesting season. This is also the site of the Seychelles’ only golf course. Hotel L’Archipel, Anse Gouvernement

White tern, Cousin Island

Vallée de Mai National Park, Praslin

Anse Kerlan, Praslin

Anse Volbert, Praslin

Paradise Sun, Anse Volbert Anse Volbert is yet another attractive beach and home to the Paradise Sun, an 80 room resort. The rooms themselves are large and stylishly decorated with tasteful furnishings. Although no one will mind if you just want to laze around in the sunshine, the Paradise Sun is a great hotel for those wanting to do lots of activities. Take a dip in the swimming pool, play volleyball and visit the

Aldabra giant tortoise, Curieuse Island

water sports centre where you can arrange snorkel trips to the island of St Pierre and dive trips further afield. There are two restaurants, one on the beach where lunch and large buffet dinners are served, and one overlooking the swimming pool where you can enjoy breakfast looking out at the sunrise over the sea. In the evenings you can listen to a live band as you sip on a cool drink.

Raffles Praslin, Anse Takamaka

Raffles Praslin, Anse Takamaka Part of the group that includes the Grand Dame hotel of Singapore, this hotel sets a high standard for the Seychelles. The luxury resort sits above the beautiful Anse Takamaka beach on the north coast of the island, overlooking the Curieuse Marine Park. It has a modern and minimal style – a kind of tropical chic – and attentive service from the moment you arrive. The 86 villas all have private plunge pools with sea views, and all the gadgets you could hope for. The beach is a 500-metre stretch of powder-soft sand, flanked by the granite boulders for which the Seychelles is famous. There are plenty of activities on offer, including kayaking, snorkelling, scuba diving or enjoying a treatment in the spa. Dining is a treat here too, with three restaurants, two bars, Raffles Boutique and Cafe and a pool bar. Paradise Sun, Anse Volbert

www.audleytravel.com/seychelles • 01993 838 515 • Seychelles

137

Hawksbill turtle, Seychelles

Mahé The largest island in the Seychelles, Mahé is blessed with yet more heavenly beaches as well as being home to the capital, Victoria. Although it could hardly be described as fast paced, Victoria has bustling markets, botanical gardens and colonial architecture. Victoria is also a great place to try the local spicy Creole food. As well as wandering through the city streets, you can hike the trails that wind through the rainforest at Morne Seychellois National Park where you will find the carnivorous pitcher plant and the islands’ highest peak. At 905 metres the mountain is often wreathed in mist but when clear the views are amazing.

Constance Ephelia, Port Launay The 276 suites and villas that make up this luxury hotel, nestled between two beautiful beaches on the northwest of Mahé. Despite its size, it’s a tranquil place with the accommodation well spaced throughout the gardens and a carefully preserved mangrove forest at its heart. The spacious, stylish rooms are decorated in a sleek contemporary fashion and offer superb facilities. There are five restaurants and four pools to choose from, an extensive spa village and a large water sports centre. The nearby Port Launay Marine Park is one of the best spots for snorkelling along the coastline.

Kempinski Seychelles Resort, Baie Lazare This luxurious and elegant hotel on the waterfront is one of the smartest choices in the islands. The beach stretches out in front of the hotel for a few hundred metres while the 148 rooms and suites are hidden in the coconut palms. There is an enormous swimming pool and an equally impressive spa for relaxation. Endless activities can fill your days, from tennis and badminton to yoga and beach volleyball. Away from dry land, diving and snorkelling are big draws. In the evenings you can try your luck at the casino and enjoy a couple of drinks and a meal at one of four restaurants and bars. Constance Ephelia, Port Launay

138

Kempinski Seychelles Resort, Baie Lazare

Clef des Iles, Beau Vallon A charming property with just four self-catering apartments, Clef des Iles offers excellent value in a beautiful setting. Located right on the beach, you can literally walk out of the front door and down a few steps onto the dazzling sand. The apartments are simple yet well-equipped, and comfortable for groups or families. While you won’t find the facilities of a larger resort, the local area has plenty of restaurants and grocery shops as well as a dive centre, and nearby spa services. The best things about the Seychelles – the soft white sands and the turquoise seas – are just the same here as the more luxurious resorts.

The clock tower in Victoria, Mahé

Pitcher plant, Mahé

Baie Lazare, Mahé

Denis Island

Bird Island

A private coral outcrop surrounded by white sandy beaches, Denis Island is just two kilometres in diameter. The island is situated right on the edge of the Seychelles Bank, and its coral walls plummet 2,000 metres to the ocean floor, which results in a wide choice of exciting dive sites. Protected by reefs, the water here is perfect for swimming, snorkelling, fishing and kayaking. The island’s jungly interior is criss-crossed with pathways, which lead to peaceful beaches where you can stretch out in the sun.

On the edge of the Seychelles Bank, 105 kilometres northwest of Mahé, Bird Island lives up to its name. During the southeast trade wind from May to October around 800,000 pairs of sooty terns nest on the northern tip of the island. Large numbers of lesser and brown noddies wander around, fairy terns are in abundance and many waders can be seen on the sand spits. Hawksbill turtles come to the beaches to lay eggs and, offshore, coral reefs are rich in marine life.

Denis Private Island On one of the beaches there are 25 bungalows set under casuarina trees on the edge of jungle. Each bungalow is elegantly decorated in natural materials and is far enough from its neighbours that it feels like your own private part of the island.

Villa, Desroches Island Resort

Desroches Island The ultimate desert island with palm trees, white-sand beaches and turquoise waters. On arrival your bike is waiting outside your room, complete with water bottle and a basket for your swimming things. Whilst relaxation comes naturally on Desroches plenty of activities are available if you’d like to explore. There is a dive centre, kayaks, windsurfing equipment and a large boat which can be chartered on a daily basis.

Bird Island Lodge On the southern side of the island is Bird Island Lodge, a friendly, relaxed place with 24 simple bungalows overlooking the beach. The comfortable rooms come without modern intrusions such as telephones and televisions. Freshly caught fish and produce from the island's farm dictate the menu here. Activities include birdwatching, walking, snorkelling and boat trips.

Desroches Island Resort With 43 suites and villas set just back from the beach, each with polished wooden floors, and interesting local art work is Desroches Island Resort. In the centre of the resort, the pool, bar and restaurant all overlook the sea. The villas are perfect for families or groups. Denis Private Island

Bird Island Lodge

www.audleytravel.com/seychelles • 01993 838 515 • Seychelles

139

Fishing boats, La Digue harbour

La Digue On La Digue life is relaxed and nobody hurries. Creole houses with colourful window boxes nestle under papaya trees, ox carts and bicycles are the principal forms of transport and in the coconut palms, fairy terns and white-tailed tropicbirds are a common sight. La Digue is blessed with exquisite beaches, such as Anse Source d’Argent, and the offshore reefs are home to all manner of marine life from emperor angelfish to turtles, and brightly coloured coral. Although La Digue is ideal for relaxation, there are plenty of activities to enjoy as well. Take a bike ride along the coast, walk to viewpoints and deserted beaches, visit the coconut plantation or look for black paradise flycatchers in La Digue Veuve Special Reserve, a lovely spot to while away a few hours, wandering through takamaka and badamier trees.

Beach on La Digue

140

La Domaine de L’Orangeraie, La Digue

Le Repaire Boutique Hotel, La Digue

Perched above the beach with sweeping views out over the sparkling Indian Ocean, La Domaine has excellent facilities, whilst retaining the feeling of a smaller hotel. The 63 modern and stylish villas and suites are set in tropical gardens and each is supplied with its own bikes so you can get out and explore the island. There’s a spa up on the hill, which catches the sea breeze while you enjoy your treatment, and a couple of restaurants and bars to enjoy a seafood snack or chilled drink. The hotel has shaded loungers on the small beach should you fancy staying put, or you can hop on your bike and visit some of the Seychelles’ best beaches nearby.

Le Repaire Boutique Hotel, La Digue Near the centre of the main village on La Digue, this west facing, boutique hotel has just nine comfortable rooms and a small pool overlooking the beach. The rooms are set in a garden of coconut palms and decorated in warm local hardwoods and pale neutral colours. You can enjoy the fiery sunsets from a lounger overlooking the ocean, or sample some fine Italian cuisine in the open-sided restaurant which offers views across to neighbouring Praslin. The hotel is in an ideal spot to enjoy the beach, or to rent a bike for the day to explore a bit more of this peaceful island.

La Domaine de L’Orangeraie, La Digue

Suggested itineraries Tailoring your trip

Denis Island

The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Seychelles specialists to start planning your itinerary.

Praslin

La Digue Praslin

Victoria

T 01993 838 515

mahé

Victoria mahé

Getting around Flying to the Seychelles for an island-hopping trip or relaxation after a safari is easy. There are regular flights from Johannesburg and Nairobi and you can get connecting flights from a variety of international destinations if you are planning a trip directly from home. Once on the islands, you can base yourself at one hotel or you may wish to island-hop, staying in two or three different locations. Travel between the islands is simple as there is an excellent network of flights and small ferries. We can tailor an itinerary with any combination of islands and seamlessly transfer you from one to the other.

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

33 33

Luxury Seychelles Praslin & Denis Island

If you love the idea of island-hopping, this introduction to two of the country’s most varied islands, La Digue and Praslin, is ideal. Days spent enjoying the many beaches by bicycle blend into balmy evenings eating al fresco seafood dinners. With just the right amount of travel to make it exciting without being tiring, this is an adventurous way to experience the Seychelles.

An indulgent itinerary, this trip includes luxury accommodation on Praslin and Denis Islands offering the opportunity to see both of the Seychelles’ island types and experience some of the archipelago’s most idyllic spots as well as the country’s smartest places to stay.

Day 1

Fly to Mahé overnight.

Days 2-5

Fly from Mahé to Praslin. Take a ferry to La Digue. Explore La Digue by bicycle and ox-cart. Enjoy swimming, snorkelling, relaxed days on the beach and long seafood lunches.

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

La Digue & Praslin Island-Hop

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

Days 6-12 Ferry transfer to Praslin. Explore Praslin by car and relax at the beach or beside the pool.

5 Travel is not recommended.

Situated just south of the Equator, the Seychelles has a warm tropical climate with daytime temperatures ranging from 24C (75F) to 31C (88F). From May to October, a southeast trade wind can bring marginally cooler weather and fresh breezes. At this time of year some beaches can be affected by seaweed – speak to our specialists who know which ones to avoid. The northwest monsoon wind blows from November to March, raising temperatures and humidity. December and January are the wettest months, with rain in short sharp bursts before the sun comes out again.

Day 13

Road transfer to Praslin Airport, where you will connect with your international flight via Mahé.

Stay longer

Day 1

Fly to Mahé overnight.

Days 2-7

Take a boat from Mahé to Praslin and transfer to your luxury resort. Spend time being pampered at the spa, explore the island and enjoy fine dining under the stars.

Days 8-13 Ferry transfer to Mahé to catch a flight to Denis Island. You can go in search of giant tortoises, circumnavigate the island to find your favourite patch of white sand, walk through the forest and spot fairy terns. Day 14

Fly to Mahé where you will connect with your international flight.

The Seychelles combines well with a safari in Kenya or Tanzania. Spend a week or more in the large game reserves in either of these countries before flying to the islands. A night’s stay in Nairobi is required in between, and we minimise your time here, flying you into the city at dusk and out to Mahé at dawn so you can be on safari in the Mara in the afternoon and enjoying a large seafood lunch on the beach in the Seychelles the next day.

Stay longer

Church, La Digue

Cycling, La Digue

While two Seychelles islands make for a great trip, seeing as you’ve come all this way, why not make it three? You could choose Desroches Island for more luxury, or the slightly more rustic Bird Island where, depending on the time of year, you could be one of 1.6 million island inhabitants – although all but 48 of them will be sooty terns.

Time difference: GMT+4 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to the Seychelles on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

www.audleytravel.com/seychelles • 01993 838 515 • Seychelles

141

Mauritius S

urrounded by coral reefs, fringed by white sands and lapped by turquoise seas, Mauritius is justifiably famous as a tropical island paradise. Along with its idyllic beaches however, the island is also culturally and geographically diverse and home to a wealth of historic sights, making it an incredibly rewarding place to visit. The soaring central mountains and virgin rainforest of the interior offer a verdant backdrop to the pristine beaches and coral reefs, and you can choose to hike along lush trails, search for exotic birds, visit traditional villages and bustling markets. Alternatively simply spend your days lazing on a sunlounger or enjoying water sports in the Indian Ocean. Despite its obvious wealth of attractions and its reputation for luxurious resorts, Mauritius offers excellent options for a wide variety of budgets with a superb selection of hotels and an interesting array of activities to enjoy. Mauritius’ most valuable asset, however, is its warm and friendly people who offer a genuine welcome to visitors. With Chinese, Indian, French and African influences, both the culture and cuisine are unique, and the relaxed and easy-going atmosphere make the island a delight to explore.

Île aux Serpents Île Ronde Île Plate

Audley in Mauritius Coin de Mire 6 miles 9 kilometres

Grand Baie

ia n

Oc ea n

PORT LOUIS

Flic en Flac

Belle Mare

MAURITIUS

Île aux Cerfs

Tamarin Bay Black Gorges National Park

Accommodation Mauritius has a large selection of luxurious coastal resorts, along with the stylish boutique hotels and indulgent spas, the island offers a variety of more affordable accommodation options as well as secluded mountain retreats. On the coast there are numerous large hotels but we recommend just a handful of more characterful places that we believe to be the best that Mauritius has to offer. Our selected hotels, all of which offer good food and impeccable service, are located in quiet areas and blend tastefully into their surroundings. In the mountains we have hand-picked a number of small mountain lodges tucked away in the tropical vegetation that make an ideal retreat after an international flight. We aim to give you something a little bit different from the norm with an emphasis on great service, local character and inventive cooking.

0 0

In d

Although Mauritius is a wonderful place to relax and unwind on pristine sands, our recommendations go well beyond the sunlounger. There are many undiscovered corners of this island with quaint fishing villages, stunning mountain scenery and sugar cane plantations home to grand colonial houses to discover. We often suggest combining two hotels, one in the mountains and the other on the coast, allowing you to enjoy the diversity of scenery while gaining a greater understanding of Mauritian culture. We choose hotels that our specialists love and can tailor each trip to suit individual tastes. As there are good flight connections to both East and Southern Africa, Mauritius makes an ideal beach destination at the end of a safari.

1 Le Morne Peninsula

Chamarel Mountains

SSR Airport

1 Chamarel Mountains With superb hiking and birding, rainforest and waterfalls, the Chamarel Mountains are a highly attractive contrast to the coast. See page 146

Chamarel Falls, Chamarel Mountains

2 Grand Baie A pretty Mauritian village with some excellent restaurants and boutiques. See page 144

Mauritius’ beaches Beautiful white-sand beaches and turquoise waters. Perfect for relaxation. See pages 144-145

Red cardinal fody, Mauritius

www.audleytravel.com/mauritius • 01993 838 520 • Mauritius

143

Île aux Cerfs, Mauritius

The Oberoi Mauritius, west coast Mauritius

Aerial view of Mauritius

Mauritius’ beaches Home to some of the most beautiful beaches in the world, Mauritius offers the idyllic combination of soft, white sands, swaying palm trees and turquoise water teeming with colourful tropical fish. Backed by lush volcanic peaks, the beaches along the west coast are each seemingly prettier than the last. Along the east coast, long white sweeps of sand lead down to turquoise lagoons, while in the north, the sheltered beaches near Grand Baie are good for those who also wish to experience local nightlife. From secluded coves where you’ll have the sands to yourself to busy waterfronts with a choice of shops, bars and restaurants, we can recommend the right Mauritian beach for you.

One of Audley’s favourite hotels, The Oberoi Mauritius sits in tropical gardens at the edge of a pristine 600 metre stretch of beach. The high standards of service ensure that guests return year after year and while the hotel is large enough to have two pools, a spa and tennis courts, there are only 71 rooms so it never feels crowded. The pavilions and villas are spacious and airy with large marble bathrooms and views out over the gardens or Indian Ocean. At mealtimes you can choose from the fine dining restaurant, a seafood grill on rocks overlooking the sea and the exclusive Gunpowder Room, housed in a French colonial building. Activities revolve around the beach, the sea and exploring the island.

The Oberoi Mauritius, west coast Mauritius

144

20 Degrees South, Grand Baie

20 Degrees South, Grand Baie Far removed from the island’s larger properties, this charming boutique hotel has a secluded location at the mouth of Grand Baie. Hidden behind two enormous doors that open onto a mature coconut grove, the hotel has just 35 rooms. The elegant main lodge has a refined colonial character, while the individually styled rooms seamlessly blend antique furniture with contemporary design. The suites offer expansive sea views as well as private plunge pools or large Jacuzzis. Despite its diminutive size, the hotel offers all the facilities of a much larger property with two freshwater swimming pools, a spa and a wide choice of trips and water sports available. Guests can eat in the hotel restaurant, on board the hotel’s traditional teak sailing boat Lady Lisbeth, or in nearby Grand Baie.

Fishing boat, north coast of Mauritius

Sega dancers, Trou aux Biches

Montagne du Rempart, Mauritius

Boat at Grand Baie, Mauritius

The Sakoa, Trou aux Biches The renowned white-sand beach at Trou aux Biches is the setting for The Sakoa, a charming boutique hotel with just 16 rooms. Set in lush tropical gardens with views of the beach and the sheltered lagoon beyond, the spacious rondavel rooms are decorated in either a chic classical or a contemporary style and each comes with a kitchenette and private terrace. In the poolside bar and restaurant traditional architecture blends with subtle Mauritian influences and guests can enjoy excellent food and some of the best sunset views on the island as they look out over the idyllic beach and tranquil bay. Guests at The Sakoa enjoy highly personalised service as well as a wonderfully serene location but the hotel is close enough to both Port Louis and Grand Baie to explore the local nightlife should you wish.

The Sakoa, Trou aux Biches

Heritage Awali, Bel Ombre

Constance Le Prince Maurice, east coast Mauritius

Constance Le Prince Maurice, east coast Mauritius With a beautiful, secluded location along a sheltered sweep of white sand, Constance Le Prince Maurice is an exclusive property that seamlessly blends local character and modern sophistication. Rustic, thatched roofs shelter the public spaces, but once inside the elegance and grandeur evoke the charms of a bygone era with marble flooring and stylish sculptures. With 89 suites and villas, it is a relatively small property compared with many Mauritian hotels, and its attention to detail and expert design also make it one of the finest. Warm woods, rich fabrics and floor-to-ceiling windows offering stunning views make the rooms very special. The food here is superb and with several restaurants, and private butler service you’ll be spoilt for choice, our favourite however, is the unique overwater restaurant, Le Barachois.

Set within Le Domaine de Bel Ombre private estate on Mauritius’ south coast, the Heritage Awali has 159 rooms and a host of great facilities. The rooms are comfortable and tastefully decorated with contemporary furnishings and subtle African touches. It is the beach that is the main draw here and it can be hard to drag yourself away from the terrace and its views over the dazzling sands and swaying palms. Snorkelling, diving, sailing, windsurfing and kayaking are all easily arranged and there is also a glass bottomed boat if you prefer to view the colourful sealife without getting wet. In addition there’s a large pool and floodlit tennis courts, a luxurious spa, 18 hole golf course and a choice of 12 restaurants and eight bars to choose from across the estate.

Heritage Awali, Bel Ombre

www.audleytravel.com/mauritius • 01993 838 520 • Mauritius

145

Suggested itinerary Tailoring your trip Grand Baie

T 01993 838 520

Lakaz Chamarel

SSR Airport

Getting around Chamarel Mountains

Mauritius is easy to access with direct flights from many places around the world. Daily direct flights depart from South Africa to Mauritius and there are also direct flights from Kenya, Madagascar and the Seychelles, making it simple to combine a safari in Africa with time on the island. Travel around the island’s excellent network of roads is easy and we will transfer you from one hotel to another in a private car. If you would like to explore the island yourself, car hire can be arranged.

Mountains & Beach in Mauritius This itinerary allows you to explore the best of both worlds in Mauritius. Combining white-sand beaches and the retreat of the Chamarel Mountains. Day 1

Fly overnight to Mauritius.

Days 2-5

Arrive in Mauritius. Take a private car to the Chamarel Mountains. Walk and mountain bike in the hills.

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Lakaz Chamarel, Chamarel Mountains

33 33

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Chamarel Mountains

A world apart from the better-known coastline, the Chamarel Mountains in southwest Mauritius are home to undulating hills, subtropical woodlands, waterfalls and traditional Mauritian restaurants offering sublime views. Protected by the Black River Gorges National Park, the region is good for hiking and cycling and just 15 minutes from some of the most undeveloped beaches in Mauritius, making it easy to spend a morning hiking among jungle-clad peaks followed by an afternoon swim in the Indian Ocean.

Mauritius has a warm tropical climate. In the dry season from May to October, temperatures range from 20C (68F) to 25C (77F), and cooling trade winds from the southeast keep the humidity levels down. From November to April the climate becomes hotter and more humid, and temperatures range from 25C (77F) to 30C (86F).The rains fall at this time, with the worst weather, and sometimes cyclones, occurring in January and February.

Lakaz Chamarel, Chamarel Mountains Understated but sophisticated, this boutique hotel is set in a scenic area and is an incredibly serene spot to unwind. Each of the spacious rooms has a different theme reflecting Mauritius’ rich history, while the open-air showers offer fantastic views over the brilliant green gardens and surrounding forest. You can enjoy a swim in one of the hotel’s two pools, a treatment in the spa or a tropical drink in the stylish lounge where you can sit and while away the hours with a good book. Service here is impeccable, and with just 20 rooms, each guest is treated to a highly personalised stay.

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

Day 13

Take a private car back to the airport to connect with your international flight.

5 Travel is not recommended.

Stay longer It is easy to combine a safari with a trip to Mauritius. After a week or more in Namibia, Botswana, Kenya, South Africa, Zambia or Zimbabwe, a stay on this beautiful island is a great finale.

Time difference: GMT+4 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Mauritius on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Île aux Cerfs, Mauritius

146

Days 6-12 Private road transfer to the beach. Swim, snorkel and relax beside the pool or on the beach.

Market hall, Port Louis

Useful information

Boat safari, Chobe National Park, Botswana

Young Maasai woman, Kenya

Beach, Seychelles

Group tours

Address:

In addition to our tailor-made tours, we offer a programme of guided small group tours across Africa, typically of no more than 16 travellers. Not only does this make for a more sociable group, but it also enables us to use smaller and more characterful accommodation and venture away from the large tour groups.

Terms & Conditions and Travel Insurance

Audley Travel, New Mill, New Mill Lane, Witney, Oxfordshire OX29 9SX, United Kingdom. Telephone: 01993 838 500 Email: africa@audleytravel.com London Office: Audley Travel, Monsoon Building, 1 Nicholas Road, London W11 4AN, United Kingdom.

Flights We will help you decide which airline to choose based on the route, the class you wish to fly, the cost and what deals are available. There is little time difference between the UK and Africa, so whilst you may be tired after a long flight, at least you will not have to grapple with jet-lag. You can fly direct from London Heathrow to Nairobi, Addis Ababa and Entebbe in East Africa, Cape Town and Johannesburg in South Africa and Mauritius, with connections onwards to other airports. Connecting flights from other UK airports go via the UK, Europe or the Middle East.

We can also arrange private tours, whether this is for a group of friends, those with a special interest or a fundraising trip for charity. For larger groups we may be able to offer discounts or a free place to the organiser. See our website or call us to discuss your plans. www.audleytravel.com/groups

Honeymoons Honeymoons to Africa are extremely popular and a great opportunity to do the safari you have talked about. The combination of exciting days tracking big game, romantic evenings by the fire and great food and drink, polished off with a relaxing few days on the beach is a great combination that will appeal to both of you. We also offer a gift service so you can ask your friends and family to contribute towards your honeymoon rather than buy traditional wedding presents. Please speak to your specialist for more information.

Your booking is subject to the terms and conditions of Audley Travel which are detailed in the booking form. It is vital that you have adequate travel insurance and we are able to suggest a number of policies either for the duration of your trip or on an annual basis.

AITO Membership Audley is a member of the Association of Independent Tour Operators. The association represents Britainâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s leading independent tour operators and encourages high standards of quality and service. Audley abides by the Associationâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Code of Conduct and adheres to the AITO Quality Charter which can be viewed on www.aito.com

Photography in this brochure We would like to thank the following photographers and organisations for the images used in this brochure: Alamy, Ariadne Van Zandbergen, Audley staff, clients and suppliers, AWL images, Dreamstime, Genberg Art UW Ltd/Jesper Anhede, iStockphoto, Robert Harding, Superstock All images used in this brochure were obtained in good faith by Audley Travel Group Limited and in the belief that all necessary consents and clearances were obtained for their use. For any queries relating to photography please contact us on 01993 838 040.

Visit our offices

www.audleytravel.com

If you would like to discuss your travel arrangements in person we welcome personal visits, please call in advance to arrange an appointment with one or more of our country specialists. Our offices are at the New Mill, a 17th-century converted wool mill on the outskirts of Witney, ten miles west of Oxford, on the edge of the Cotswolds. We also have an office in west London, if this is more convenient for you.

Our website is packed with information, features and advice covering all our destinations across the globe. On the site you can browse by theme, interest or region as well as viewing additional accommodation options and itineraries that are not featured in this brochure. You can request all our brochures online or contact us via the website where there is the option to tell us about your plans so that we can start tailoring your itinerary.

www.audleytravel.com/visit-us

Useful information

147

New Mill, New Mill Lane, Witney, Oxfordshire OX29 9SX, United Kingdom Telephone: 01993 838 500 • Fax: 01993 838 010 Email: africa@audleytravel.com • Website: www.audleytravel.com

This brochure has been printed on paper from well managed forests, approved by the Forest Stewardship Council ,® using vegetable inks. Our printer holds ISO 14001 and FSC® environmental certifications. Should you wish to dispose of your brochure, we kindly request that you recycle it. The paper used in this brochure has also been carbon balanced by the World Land Trust.